Description
This abstract tell zurich university of applied sciences school of management and law 2012 13.
Zurich University of Applied Sciences
School of Management and Law
Courses Taught in English
Academic Year 2012/13
2
Courses taught in English
Fall Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Bank Management
Organization, management, and financial accounting & reporting in banking operations
6
Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
Management Accounting & Financial Management
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Management of an Insurance Company
Structure & processes; compliance, risk management, controlling, quality management
6
Public & NPO Financial Management
Financial management in the pubic & non-profit sector; public-private partnerships
6
Quantitative Methods
Mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Strategic Management
Analysis of strategic position and creation of competitive strategy
6
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Consumer behavior as an individual and as part of a group; management of marketing communication
6
Economics 3
Application of microeconomic models to national economic & business management interactions
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
Market Research & Marketing Controlling
Market research methods and managing market performance
6
Operations & Process Management
Supply Chain Management, Efficient Consumer Response, Lean Management & Quality Management
6
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Managing projects and people
6
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
Strategic Management (for Incomings)
Assessing strategic positioning, evaluating strategic choices and implementing strategy
6
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
IT Project Management
Management strategies and tools in IT projects
3
Web Engineering
The use of web-based application systems
6
3
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Principles and language of the US legal system; legal methodology, constitutional law and civil procedure
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders.
6
International Business
Managing business across borders
6
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
6
International Politics (for Incomings)
Models of international relations & interactions of global players in politics and business
3
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
English 3
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
English 4
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
English for Critical Communication
A course in English for Critical Thinking for upper-intermediate and advanced learners
3
German Advanced
German language ability at the CEF B2/C1 Level
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
4
Spring Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Accounting under IPSAS (Elective)
An insight into International Public Sector Accounting Standards
3
Active Investment Management
Investment management, especially with regard to alternative investments
6
Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Business Combination
Preparation and analysis of Consolidated Financial Statements
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Credit Management
The credit business of banks and managing risk
3
Financial and Asset Management
Asset liability management in the insurance industry
3
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
Management Accounting & Financial Management
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Quantitative Methods
Mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance
3
Turnaround Management (Elective)
Diagnosing financial difficulties & developing a financial turnaround plan
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Strategic Management
Analysis of strategic position and creation of competitive strategy
6
Business Cycle Analysis (Elective)
Analysis of economy and determination its position in the business cycle
3
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Consumer behavior as an individual and as part of a group; management of marketing communication
6
Economics 3
Application of microeconomic models to national economic & business management interactions
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
Operations & Process Management
Supply Chain Management, Efficient Consumer Response, Lean Management & Quality Management
6
Political Science 2
International relations and interactions of global players in politics and business
6
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Managing projects and people
6
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
Strategic Management (for Incomings)
Strategic positioning, strategic choices and implementing
6
5
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Business Information Management
Information technologies in business management
6
IT Project Management
Management strategies and tools in IT projects
3
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Principles and language of the US legal system, tort, contract & company law
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Business in Emerging Markets (Elective)
The two largest emerging markets in the world (China and India)
3
Doing Business in Asia Pacific (Elective)
Managing successfully in Asia
3
Economic Globalization (Elective)
The process of globalization and its impact on the world economy and business
3
Emerging Markets Field Trip (Elective)
Field trip to China or India; visits to government, academic & business organizations
3
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders
6
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
6
International Politics (for Incomings)
Models of international relations & interactions of global players in politics and business
3
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
English 3
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
English 4
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
English for Critical Communication
A course in English for Critical Thinking for upper-intermediate and advanced learners
3
German Advanced
German language ability at the CEF B2/C1 Level
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
Job Application Process in English (Elective)
Preparing and practicing for the job search
3
Elective = can be subject to student demand
6
Index of Course Descriptions
Accounting under IPSAS ................................................................................................................... 8
Active Investment Management ...................................................................................................... 10
Advanced Strategic Management ................................................................................................... 12
Anglo-American Law and Language 1 ............................................................................................ 14
Anglo-American Law and Language 2 ............................................................................................ 16
Bank Management .......................................................................................................................... 18
Banking & Finance .......................................................................................................................... 21
Business Combination .................................................................................................................... 23
Business Cycle Analysis ................................................................................................................. 25
Business Information Management ................................................................................................. 27
Business in Emerging Markets ........................................................................................................ 29
Consumer Behavior and Communication ........................................................................................ 31
Corporate Finance & Risk Management ......................................................................................... 33
Credit Management ........................................................................................................................ 35
Doing Business in Asia Pacific ........................................................................................................ 37
Economic Globalization................................................................................................................... 39
Economics 3 ................................................................................................................................... 41
Emerging Markets Field Trip ........................................................................................................... 43
English 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 45
English 2 ......................................................................................................................................... 47
English 3 ......................................................................................................................................... 49
English 4 ......................................................................................................................................... 51
English for Critical Communication ................................................................................................. 53
Financial and Asset Management ................................................................................................... 55
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory ..................................................................................... 57
German Advanced .......................................................................................................................... 59
German Beginners .......................................................................................................................... 61
German Intermediate ...................................................................................................................... 63
Global Marketing Management for Incomings ................................................................................. 65
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship ............................................................................... 67
Intercultural Management for Incomings ......................................................................................... 69
International Business ..................................................................................................................... 71
International Negotiation for Incomings ........................................................................................... 73
International Politics for Incomings .................................................................................................. 75
IT Project Management ................................................................................................................... 77
Job Application Process in English ................................................................................................. 79
7
Management Accounting and Financial Management ..................................................................... 81
Management of an Insurance Company ......................................................................................... 83
Market Research & Marketing Controlling ....................................................................................... 85
Operations and Process Management ............................................................................................ 87
Political Science 2 ........................................................................................................................... 89
Project Management and Organizational Behavior ......................................................................... 91
Public & NPO Financial Management ............................................................................................. 93
Quantitative Methods ...................................................................................................................... 95
Statistics ......................................................................................................................................... 98
Strategic Management for Incomings ............................................................................................ 100
Turnaround Management .............................................................................................................. 102
Web Engineering .......................................................................................................................... 104
8
Accounting under IPSAS
Module description IPSAS
Module code w.IPSAS
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Andreas Bergmann (bgma)
Deputy
Prerequisites Assessment as well as
previous modules of the major in Accounting, Controlling and Auditing (ACA)
Aims Students gain an insight into the International Public Sector Accounting Standards
(IPSAS) and know how to apply them.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Understand the principles of IPSAS and the underlying IFRS (SPK, CC, IMC)
? Analyse the differences between IPSASs and IFRS (SC, REC, IMC)
? Are aware of controversial issues in IPSAS (SC, REC, IMC, EC)
? Develop their own view on such controversial issues (SC, REC, IMC, EC)
? Apply the standards to a public sector entity (PAC).
Learning content Content lecture:
? Objectives, scope, qualitative characteristics and reporting entity
? Presentation and Disclosure
? Elements of Financial Reporting
? Recognition and Measurement
? Selected Standards in depth: IPSAS 1, 2, 3, 6 to 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25, 28 to 30, 31
? Audit implications
? Implementation projects
Self study (conducted)
? IPSAS 1-31
? (Draft) Conceptual Framework
? Müller-Marques-Berger, Thomas: IPSAS explained. Wiley, 2009
? Selected papers
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills Practice of the Research knowledge -
Accounting I to IV Financial Accounting
Business Law Corporate Law
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Presentation of classmates.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1SWS / 14h 13h 19h
Seminar/exercises 1SWS / 14h 15h 15h
Practical work
Total 28h 28h 34h
9
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 (100% of the grade)
Oral exam(s)
1-2 Presentation(s)
1-2 Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script)
Additional literature -
Remarks Written end of module exam (60 minutes), (content: lecture notes and study of literature
– equal to 3 ECTS)
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
10
Active Investment Management
Module description Active Investment Management
Module code w.1AIM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZAI
Module responsibility Peter Meier
Deputy Regina Anhorn
Prerequisites Assessment (all modules)
Aims The students gain an insight into theoretical basics and practical application of active
investment management, especially within alternative investments. They become
qualified to design and control corresponding processes.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Acquire the basics of rational investment decisions acc. to modern finance theory.
They can interpret common market anomalies and their approaches of explanation.
(SPK, PAC)
? Know the latest insights on Behavioral Finance and can do concrete applications in
case studies. (PC,REC, CC)
? Know and understand different investment styles for stocks and can identify the
investment strategy of a manager through style analysis. (PC, REC)
? Know the basics of active portfolio management. They are able to apply the
analytical methods to identify mispriced assets due to market inefficiencies and can
apply strategies in concrete questions regarding the exploitation of anomalies.
(SC, PC)
Learning content ? Performance measurement and its challenges in active investment management
? Behavioral Finance und market anomalies
? Theoretical aspects of active portfolio management
? Investment process in practical experience
? Alternative investments such as hedge funds, trading strategies, private equity,
commodities, asset-backed securities
? Case studies based on current research activity or with guest speakers
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Management
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Quantitative methods
Content:
Equities, bonds, derivatives
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 56 68
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
11
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 10-15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature BODY/KANE/MARCUS (2010), Essentials of Investments, 007-125445-5, International
Edition
Arnott, R.; Berkin, A.; 2000, How Well Have Taxable Investors Been Served in the 1980s
and 1990s?
Waring, M.B.; Siegel, L.B.; 2006, The Myth of the Absolute-Return Investor
Berk, J.B.; 2004, Five Myths of Active Portfolio Management
Brown, S.J.; Fraser, T. L.; Liang, B.; 2007, Hedge Fund Due Diligence: a Source of Alpha
in a Hedge Fund Portfolio Strategy
Jorion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Hedge Funds with Position Information
Jorion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Event-Driven Funds
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
12
Advanced Strategic Management
Module description Advanced Strategic Management
Module code w.1ASM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Gunter Kucza
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management (w.1PrSTM)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis (w.1FinAcc)
Aims Students develop and present solutions for normative and strategic corporate issues in a
typical strategic management process. They thus deepen their knowledge on practical
concepts and tools in the field of corporate development in order to quantify strategic
plans, evaluate business models and portfolios and not least implement strategic
decisions in organizations.
Learning goals
1
Students
? Assess and evaluate strategies and strategic projects using capital-oriented evaluation
principles (SPK, PC)
? Analyse business portfolios and define recommendations for improvement (PAC, REC)
? Evaluate existing business models and develop alternative solutions independently
(PC, REC)
? Analyse and evaluate different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances) (SPK, PAC)
? Develop strategy maps and scorecards (SPK, PC)
? Evaluate aspects of corporate governance, ethics and corporate social responsibility as
an element of effective and sustainable corporate management (PC, PAC, REC, SSC,
CI, EC)
Learning content ? Value-based corporate management using capital-oriented key figures (e.g. EVA,
WACC, ROIC)
? Evaluation of strategic options and projects based on risk-return considerations (NPV-
calculations, scenario analysis and simulation)
? Corporate level management (portfolio analysis, diversification, parenting, synergies)
? Analysis and evaluation of different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances)
? Implementation of strategies using strategy maps and balanced scorecards
? Mechanisms and systems of corporate governance, ethics, corporate social
responsibility
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Principles of Strategic Management
(w.1PrSTM)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis
(w.1FinAcc)
Strategy processes/portfolio management
Financing
Rentability and investment budgeting
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
13
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 39
Seminar/exercises 28 45 40
Practical work
Total 56 45 79
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
4 Oral presentation(s) 90’ (in total)
Written paper(s)
2 Other(s): case study report
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Script with Case Studies
various scientific or semi-scientific articles published on moodle
Additional literature Jay B. Barney / William S. Hesterly: Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage,
3ed ed. Pearson 2010
Robert M. Grant: Contemporary Strategy Analysis, 7th ed. Wiley 2010
Simon Benninga: Principles of Finance with Excel, Oxford University Press 2006
Robert Kaplan / David Norton: The Strategy-Focused Organization: How Balanced
Scorecard Companies Thrive in the New Business Environment, 1
st
ed. Harvard
Business Press 2000
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
14
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 1: Fundamentals
Module code
w.1ALL1_BL
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit
Institute of Business Law
Module responsibility
Jens Lehne (lehj)
Deputy
Marion Völger Winsky (volm)
Prerequisites
Languages and Law 1&2 (CEF B2+)
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the US legal system, with emphasis
on constitutional and procedural law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
1
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? know the history, structure, sources and unique characteristics of US law and can
compare it to the legal systems used in continental Europe, especially that of Swiss law
? have a good command of the concept of common law and can link legal issues to the
various sources of law (eg. case law, legislation, federal and state law); can
understand, summarize, analyze and identify the wider consequences of the decisions
of US courts
? have a basic knowledge of the US legal, governmental and judicial system and of the
key areas of constitutional and procedural law
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand basic legal concepts and terms
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
? write legal case briefs
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues
Learning content Anglo-American Law
? history of the US and the US legal system; methods, sources and unique
characteristics of US law
? structure and branches of the system of government, judicial review, relationship
between federal government and state governments (federalism)
? basic rights, in particular equal protection, due process, freedom of speech, freedom of
religion
? civil procedure, in particular jurisdiction and stages of civil litigation
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of case brief writing skills
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
15
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Public Law 1
Moot Court
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Anglo-American Business Law / legal
English
Constitutional law (comparative law)
Procedural law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 16 h
Seminar/exercises 48 h
Practical work
Total 64 h 58 h 58 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s) 90
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Amy Krois-Lindner and Translegal, International Legal English, 2006, Cambridge
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
16
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 2: Business Law
Module code
w.1ALL2_BL
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit
Institute of Business Law
Module responsibility
Jens Lehne (lehj)
Deputy
Marion Völger Winsky (volm)
Prerequisites
Languages and Law 1&2 (CEF B2+)
Private Law 1, 2 and 3
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of US business law, with emphasis on
tort, contract and company law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
1
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? have an overview of central areas of US business law, are able to identify the relevant
legal questions when addressing cases concerning US business law, and can compare
issues of US business law with the corresponding issues in Swiss business law
? have a good command of the basic concepts of US business law, in particular of tort,
contract and company law
? are capable of solving specific questions of US tort, contract and company law, taking
into account the proper legal sources and the correct methodological approach and
can analyze, evaluate and discuss US court decisions on business law issues
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand advanced legal concepts and terms
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
? give presentations on important legal cases
? write legal memoranda on specific legal questions
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues
Learning content Anglo-American Law
? basic concepts of US tort law (including relevant issues of civil procedure, such as
class actions)
? basic concepts of US contract law
? basic concepts of US company law (including securities regulation)
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of writing skills through memoranda
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of presentation skills through group tasks
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
17
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Private Law 1
Private Law 2
Private Law 3
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Fundamentals of Anglo-American law /
legal English
Tort law (comparative law)
Contract law (comparative law)
Company law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 16 h
Seminar/exercises 48 h
Practical work
Total 64 h 58 h 58 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 15
1 Paper(s) 45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Amy Krois-Lindner and Translegal, International Legal English, 2006, Cambridge
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
18
Bank Management
Module description Bank Management
Module code w.1BSt_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Horst Bienert
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w1.FinAcc, w1.BWL1, w1.MAcc)
w1.BF, w1.Quant, w1.FI&Pft)
Aims The students understand the goals, functional and organisational functionality and
interdependencies of the different management information systems in banking and their
operational foundations (data and systems). They acquire the ability to interpret the
information from these systems and to use them for decision making. Students are
prepared to participate in projects addressing controlling issues in banks.
Learning goals
1
The students
? know relevant journals, Web pages and other sources of information within the field
of bank management and controlling, (SC, PC)
? can update their knowledge on these topics on their own, (SC, PC)
? know and understand different subsystems of a bank’s management information
system, (SPK, PC, PAC)
? apply funds transfer pricing to calculate the profitability of banking services and
interpret this approach appropriately, (SPK, PC, PAC)
? know how to account for risk in bank’s management accounting systems, and
understand the limitations of different approaches (SPK, PC, PAC)
? understand different systems of cost accounting for banks and apply them correctly
(SPK, PC, PAC)
? understand financial accounting systems of banks, including accounting policy and
the financial analysis of banks (SPK, PC, PAC)
? know further disclosure requirements for banks and understand the resulting
implications for the data warehouse of a bank, (SPK, PC, CI)
? apply general organisational principles to banking, (SPK, PC, PAC, CI)
? understand data requirements of current MIS and are prepared to assist in the
development of the necessary processes, (SPK, PC, PAC, )
? understand the IT architecture of a bank and how individual systems and projects fit
into it, (SPK, PC, PAC)
? know and apply concepts for the evaluation IT investments. (SPK, PC)
Learning content Goals, subsystems and management accounting systems for banks
? Goals and subfields of MIS in banks
? Funds transfer pricing
? Risk measurement and pricing
? Sales management systems
? Cost accounting systems for banks (activity based costing)
? Performance management and capital budgeting
? Budgeting in banks
? Data requirements
Financial accounting and reporting of banks
? Bank accounting (incl. accounting policy, financial analysis of banks)
? Disclosure requirements
? Rating agencys
19
Organisation of banks
? organisational structure
? organisation of processes
IT systems of banks
? Strategic importance of banking IT, strategic options
? IT architecture of banks
? Operational systems („core banking systems“): support/automation of business
processes. Functionality and requirements. Vendors.
? IT as an object of bank management (key performance indicators; objectives)
? Organisation of IT projects in banks
Extensions
? Specifics of stockbrokers, funds, pension funds, insurance companies
? International comparison
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Previous modules: Related Contents:
w1.BF
w1.FinAcc
w1.MAcc
Institutional foundations
Financial reporting
Controlling, financial accounting, cost
accounting systems.
Simultaneous modules: Related Contents:
w1.CFM
w1.PMOB
w1.OP
Risk management, risk controlling
Principles of organisation
Principles of process management, project
management
Subsequent modules: Related Contents:
w1.Int1_BF
w1.Int2_BF
w1.KM
Integration
Integration
Interrelation between lending business and
bank management (pricing, risk
management)
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Tutorial
Practical exercises
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Guest
speakers
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Individual lectures can be made compulsory. This will be announced at the beginning of
the semester. Such lectures are then a prerequisite for participation in the module exam.
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Class instruction (SWS / h)
Lecture 28 26 38
Seminar/exercises 28 30 30
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
1-2 Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Skript
Aufgabensammlung
Reader + additional materials (literature and links)
The module is based on publications and legal documents that are available in the
internet or in the online databases of the library. Otherwise, all material will be made
available at the start of the course.
Additional literature s.o.
20
Remarks Assignments will be given to individual students or group; these will be assessed
according to previously announced rules (pass/fail or grades). These assignments add
up to 1/3 of the module grade. Number and weighting of these assignments will be
announced at the start of the semester. Example: Analysis and presentation of a
software system for banks (“core banking system”).
Basic concepts are prepared during self-study time; they are then discussed in the
lecture, applied to examples and extended in tutorials using examples and problem sets.
Tutorials are accompanied by more assignments for self-study time, during which
lecturers may communicate via Moodle-forums.
Guest speakers may be invited for selected topics, usually to join the lecturer for part of
the lecture.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
21
Banking & Finance
Module description Banking & Finance
Module code w.1BF_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Roland Hofmann
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w1.BWL1, (Part: Financial Sector)
Aims Students gain an overview of the financial industry in general and in particular of the
banking sector. They know based on economic models and concepts how the financial
industry is built up and which business models are common in the industry. Further the
students get to know the connections between banking structure, banking regulation,
banking crisis and business models.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Realise based on basic economic concepts which they have learnt in Business
Administration specific questions of the financial industry. (SPK, REC)
? Understand the functionality of financial market participants, especially banks (SPK,
SC, REC)
? Analyse current topics based on theoretical models (SPK, PC, PAC, REC)
? Research the relevant expert literature (SPK, SC, REC)
? Apply their research knowledge based on specific questions and write an individual
work (self study). (SPK, SC, REC)
Learning content Content lecture:
? Industrial overview: financial industry, including chosen international organisations
? Business models and characteristics of the banking sector
? Theory of intermediation
? Market structure, structural change including national and international regulation
? Theory of regulation
? Financial market infrastructure including the the function of the Swiss National Bank
as liquidity supplier
? Private banking as the most important business model in Switzerland
? Alternative Investments (especially Hedge Funds)
? Financial stability
? Group works with annual reports of banks and insurances
? Group works with the regulation topics
? Guest lecture to specific topics
Self study (conducted)
? Individual work: free topic of the financial industry, including research and abstract of
3 papers within the respective topic (max. 3 pages, including summary)
Self study (individual)
? Given literature
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills Practice of the Research knowledge -
Business Administration (BWL) “Financial industry part / Strategic
Management
Mathematics Basic knowledge
22
Business Law Contract law, regulation law
Economics Function of the Central bank, basics of
micro- and macroeconomics
Princ. Strat. Mgt Competitive strategy, business models
Marketing Market segmentation
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
In general: none
Individual lectures can be made compulsory. This will be announced at the beginning of
the semester. Such lectures are then a prerequisite for participation in the module exam.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 44 80
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation 15 (pass/fail)
1 Paper (pass/fail)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script
- Bienert, Horst et al (2011): Foundations of bank management – a Swiss
introduction, comparis
- Howells/Bain (2008): The economics of money, banking and finance, Harlow,
Prentice Hall
- Other selected articels
Additional literature
Remarks Written end of module exam (90 minutes), (content: lecture notes and study of literature)
Individual work and presentation (pass/fail)
? A fail leads to mark 1 for the module
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
23
Business Combination
Module description Business Combination
Module code w.1BusCo
Degree program and
specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Vögele Oliver (voeg)
Deputy -
Prerequisites Successful completion of the assessment
Aims Students apply basic principles of Financial Accounting by means of complex questions and
problems. They establish a relation between their insights and their greater correlation. They
produce actively consolidated financial statements and judge these applying a framework
which was developed. Students understand current norms and guidelines and can apply them
on actual situations.
Learning goals
1
Students
? Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting (SPK)
? Can consolidate financial statements, income statements, cash flow statements (SPK, SC)
? Will be able to handle goodwill and can apply in accordance to rules and standards (SPK, CI,
PC)
? Know the principles of deferred taxes and foreign exchange calculations in consolidation
accounting (SPK, PC, SC)
? Interpret consolidated accounts of listed companies in different branches (SPK, CI, PAC,
REC)
? Can approach implementation concepts in a holistic way and connect them to other areas of
problems (CI, REC)
Learning content ? Principles of Consolidated Financial Statements
? Selected topics: Equity Accounting, Deferred taxes, Foreign Exchange, Cashflow Statements
? Goodwill Accounting & Purchase Price Allocation
? Consolidated Financial Statements Analysis
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Corporate Finance & Valuation
Financial Accounting
Valuation
Consolidated financial accounts (enhancement of
the basics)
Instruction mode (s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case Study
other forms:
Guided self-study
individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance (class
instruction only)
none
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study
Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56h 40h 84h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 40h 84h
24
Performance
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 Minuten
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of
Instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
lecturer’s script
Behr, Giorgio; Leibfried, Peter: Rechnungslegung, 2. Auflage, Zürich 2009
Meyer, Conrad: Konzernrechnung, Zürich 2006
Additional literature Boemle, Max / Lutz, Ralf: Der Jahresabschluss, 5. Auflage, Zürich 2008
Coenenberg, Adolf G.: Jahresabschluss und Jahresabschlussanalyse, 20. Auflage, Stuttgart
2005
Gianini, Franz et. Al: Konzernrechnung und Konzernrechnungslegung, 3. Auflage, Zürich 2009.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
25
Business Cycle Analysis
Module description Business Cycle Analysis
Module code w.1KA
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit
Centre for Economic Policy
Module responsibility
Christian Müller
Deputy
Thomas Leu
Prerequisites w.vwl1-w.vwl3 or equivalent (eligibility to be approved by the lecturer)
Aims
The students are able to
? analyse the current state of the economy and determine its position in the business
cycle
? critically assess the potential economic policy measures for affecting the business
cycle
? apply theoretical and statistical tools for business cycle analysis.
Learning goals
1
The students
? understand the concept of business cycles (bc) [SPK]
? are able to identify business cycles according to the various definitions [PC, PAC]
? know, assess and evaluate bc indicators and their relevance [SC]
? know standard macroeconomic models for explaining business cycle fluctuations
[SC]
? can explain the relevance of bc for business and government [PC]
? evaluate the importance, limits and potentials of the Swiss debt brake [PC, REC]
? are able to link bc to fiscal and monetary policy [SPK, PC, CI, IMC]
? can explain the interrelatedness of the real, the banking, and the public sector within
bc [SC, IMC]
Learning content ? definitions of business cycles and growth
? Measurement of business cycles: Concepts and methods
? Examples of bc fluctuations: determination of business cycles using actual data
? National and international bc fluctuations: Convergence and divergence hypotheses
and their implications
? Sources of bc: theory and empirical evidence
? Bc and their relevance for policy making
? Countercyclical policy: fiscal policy
? Application: the Swiss debt brake
? Countercyclical policy: monetary policy
? The role of money, credit and central banks during bc
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1VWL 1, 2, 3, 4 Theory of economic fluctuations, economic
policy
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Guest
lectures, visit of mueseum
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
26
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 21 20
Seminar/exercises 7 20 22
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 45
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
1 Other: Optional seminar paper Approx. 12 pages
Language of instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Mankiw / Taylor (2011): Economics, 2nd ed., London, Cenage Learning
Additional literature
Abel, Bernanke, Croushore (2008), 6
th
edition, London, Pearson.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
27
Business Information Management
Module description Business Information Management
Module code w.1InfM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZWI
Module responsibility lrich Gysel (gysl)
Deputy Ulrich Gysel (gysl)
Prerequisites Basic knowledge in Business Administration as well as basic knowledge in Information
Systems.
Aims The students …
? can explain selected information technologies
? use the theoretically acquired knowledge practically
? understand, analyze and commentate on media reports with a strong focus on
information systems and information technologies
? develop a virtual (class) learning environment.
Learning goals
1
The students …
? show their knowledge in information and communication systems (SPK)
? explain the technical basis of information systems (SPK, PC)
? use knowledge tools in their daily work (PC)
? analyze business cases.(PAC)
Learning content ? See detailed plan.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
? Introduction in Business Administration ? All content
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance will be communicated separately.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28h 60h
Seminar/exercises 28h 64h
Practical work
Total 56h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
2 Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s)
English 6 Others: Online tasks variable
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
"Management Information Systems. Managing the digital firm" by Kenneth C. Laudon
/ Jane P. Laudon (Multimedia-) documents in „Moodle“
Additional literature
Remarks
28
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
29
Business in Emerging Markets
Module description Business in Emerging Markets – main focus on China and India
Module code w.1BusEM
Degree program and major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (Classroom hours per week)
3 2
Organizational unit CIB
Module responsibility René Rüttimann
Deputy Markus Prandini
Prerequisites Strategic Management / International Management
Aims The students understand the two largest emerging markets in the world with regarding to
their sourcing power but increasingly also as the world’s largest market potential – how
can 2.5 billion people be served!
Learning goals
1
The students
? Are aware of the potential these two countries develop to shape the future world
economy (SPK, IMC)
? Are able to understand the present situation based on the historical and
philosophical/ religious background of the two countries – intercultural management
(SPK, IMC)
? Know how in the past, multinational companies entered these two markets and
expanded their market share – key success factors (SPK)
? Know the national key players in selected industries and understand, why and how
large companies from China and India go global – enter the domain of the Western
markets (SPK, SC)
? Can evaluate the potential of these two countries for sourcing products and services
(PAC)
? Are able individually to develop a market entry strategy for midsize companies
adapted to the specific of their industries and markets (PC, IMC)
Learning content ? The potential of the Chinese and the Indian markets (present and future, when will
they peak)
? The development of the buying power of the middle class
? The future role of the two counties as the home of large MNE’s who will conquer
also the Western world
? Market entry - barriers, pitfalls, laws and regulations
? Market entry strategy for midsize companies
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging markets
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Asia Pacific
Intercultural management
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on other developing nations in the
area
Behavioral aspects
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
30
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
>80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) / group work 30 (per group)
15 (exploring the
findings with the class)
1 Written paper(s) / group work Background of the oral
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks The students should be interested in the international scope of the business now and
especially in the future of the two large future markets – openness to see the market
potential!
The module w.1BusEM is linked to the module Business in Emerging Markets – Field
Trip (w.1EMFT). Students who want to participate in the Field Trip (China or India) need
to participate in the module w.1BusEM. Some students will receive the opportunity to be
in the planning and preparing committee for the field trip.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
31
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Module description Consumer Behavior and Communication
Module code w.1KvK_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZMM
Module responsibility Cary Steinmann
Deputy Brian Rüeger
Prerequisites Principles of Marketing
Aims The students are aware of the importance of getting to know their customers in order to
derive specific marketing measures from this. They scientifically deal with consumer
behaviour as an individual as well as part of a group and are able to put methods and
tools into practice. They understand the meaning of marketing communication in
corporate management and are able to analytically capture, class and pragmatically
solve tasks related to marketing communication.
Learning goals
1
The students
- are able to describe the changes in consumer behaviour and the market(PC,
PAC, REK)
- understand the fundamentals of consumer behaviour and the implications for
the development of a communication strategy (REK, CC)
- develop an integrated understanding for communication (PC, CC)
- know and are able to apply the various steps needed to develop a
communication strategy (PC)
- are able to specifically position a product or company based on the analysis of
consumer behaviour (PAC)
- are able to plan and steer communication measures (PC)
Learning content Consumer behaviour
- psychology of buying
- processing of information by the consumer: buying as a process
- perception and learning of customers
- motivation and emotion of customers
- typology of customers
- the customer as a decision maker: individual decisions, situational influences,
bandwagon effect
Communication
- Connection between communication and consumer behaviour
- Introduction to communication
- Aim and target groups of communication
- Communication strategies
- Budgeting
- Operational application of communication tools
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Strategic Management
Principles of Marketing
Market research, marketing efficiency and
effectiveness
Corporate strategy
Marketing concept / marketing mix
Market research, marketing controlling
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Practical
presentations
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
32
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 40 84
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 40
1 Written paper(s) 60
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Michael R. Solomon / Gary Bamossy / Soren Askegaard / Margaret K. Hogg (2009).
Consumer Behaviour – A European Perspective.4th Edition.Harlow: Pearson Education /
FT Prentice Hall.
Additional literature Patrick De Pelsmacker / Maggie Geuens / Joeri Van Den Bergh (2010). Marketing
Communications: A European Perspective. 4th Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education / FT
Prentice Hall.
David Ogilvy (2007). Ogilvy on Advertising. New edition. London: Carlton Books
Remarks The exercise course focuses on selected topics and is not directly connected to the main
lectures.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
33
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Module description Corporate Finance & Risk-Management
Module code w.1CFRM
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZAI
Module responsibility Marco Rüstmann
Deputy Peter Manz
Prerequisites Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis, Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Aims The students are proficient in the methodologies that are required to analyse
investments, corporate finance strategies, instruments for financing and the dividend
policy. They understand the regulatory framework for and the key principles of good risk
management and are able to asses the quality of a bank’s risk management
Learning goals
1
The students
? value cash flows (PV, NPV) to analyse the performance of key financial instruments
and investments. (PC, PAC)
? understand the critical judgments required in formulating a corporate finance
strategy and a dividend policy. They are able to analyse and solve related
cases.(SPK, PAC)
? apply their knowledge to develop solutions in liquidity management, M&A and
international financial management. (SPK; PAC)
? understand key risk categories for banks and key principles of modern risk
management (SPK, CI)
? are proficient in applying VaR in analysing portfolio returns.(PC, PAC)
? are able to assess the quality of a bank’s risk management based on Basel II
information from the annual report. (REC; CI)
Learning content ? Valuation methods
? Financial instruments and their valuation (Bonds, Equity; Options)
? Capital Budgeting (analysis, valuation, sensitivity analysis)
? Corporate financing and market efficiency
? Opportunity cost of capital (WACC)
? Capital structure and the company’s cost of capital
? Regulation of Risk Management for Banks
? Risk Governance and Asset-Liability Management
? Market risk and operational risk management
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Management
Content:
Financial instruments, CAPM
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
34
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 56 68
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Watson, Head (2010). Corporate Finance – Principles & practice, 5th edition; Pearson,
Harlow
Crouhy, Galai, Mark; (2006). The Essentials of Risk Management; McGraw-Hill; New
York
Additional literature Bodi, Z., Kane, A., Marcus A. (2008). Essentials of Investment. 7th International Ed. New
York: McGrawHill
Volkart, R. (2008). Corporate Finance. Grundlagen von Finanzierung und Investition. 3.
Auflage. Zürich: Versus
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
35
Credit Management
Module description Credit Management
Module code w.1KM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Horst Bienert
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w.1FinAcc, w.1BWL1, w.1MAcc)
w.1BF, w.1Quant, w.1FI&Pft)
Aims The students have an overview of the credit business of banks and understand other
options for corporate finance. In addition, students should be able to adapt models and
concepts to specific credit business questions and solve specific problems. Students also
gain an overview of credit risk management, understand the most important approaches
to credit risk management, and are able to implement such measures independently.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Gain an overview of the Swiss credit market (SPK, REC)
? Analyze specific questions based on concepts (SPK, REC)
? Research the relevant expert literature (SPK; SC, REC)
Learning content 1) Gain an overview of the Swiss credit market
2) Understand the functionality of the credit market (practical case)
3) Theory and practice of the credit risk management process (practical case)
? Understand credit rating systems and individual central credit risk parameters
and apply these to calculate the credit.
? Know the most important credit rating systems such as KMV, Creditmetrics,
CreditRisk+
? Hedging and managing of credit risks
4) Micro finance as financing alternative in the Second and Third World
5) Exercises: (conducted and self-study):
? Formulate specific questions and answer these based on theoretical concepts
Examples of exercises:
? Adapt the theory of asymmetrical information on known credit products and
work out contracts
? Current issues, e.g. the credit crisis
? Approach: research the relevant expert literature.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills
Banking and Finance
Mathematics
Business Law
Corporate Finance and risk mgmt
Practical application of research knowledge
Overview of the banking business
Basic knowledge
Contract law, regulation law
Connection between risk management and
credit risk management
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
36
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 32 30
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
1 Written paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script
Crouhy, Michel / Galai, Dan / Mark, Robert (CGM): The essentials of Risk Management,
New York and others, McGraw-Hill 2006 (chapter om credit-risk)
Additional literature See above
Remarks Individual work (1/3 of the grade – equal to 1 ECTS)
End-of-module exam (lecture notes and study of literature – equal to 2 ECTS)
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
37
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module description Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module code w.1DBusAP
Degree program and major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (Classroom hours per week)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility René Rüttimann
Deputy
Prerequisites Strategic Management
Aims The students understand the large market of the Asia Pacific Area (4 billion inhabitants)
- the historical developments, the present situation and the expected growth in the next
five to ten years.
The focus lies on the one hand on the potential for sourcing for Western companies, but
on the other hand increasingly on doing business there – exploring the potentials of the
local markets for Swiss/Western companies.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Acquire the basics of evaluation the different countries if the Asia Pacific Regions
with regard to their market, their political and social social situation, the standard of
the business relevant infrastructure and the potential for foreign products (SPK,
PAC)
? Know the underlying philosophical, ethical and religious background which
permeates most of these countries business behavior (SPK, SC)
? Are able to develop a business relevant framework for the whole area as well as for
individual countries (PAC)
? Know the basic analytical steps to enter the Asia Pacific area and develop strategies
for the most important countries (Asian Tigers, South Korea and Japan). In this class
China and India are excluded since they are dealt specifically in the class “Business
in Emerging Markets (SPK, PAC)
? Explore, what implications have the growing markets for Swiss/Western companies
who cater mainly to regional markets (PAC)
? Are able independently explore the potential of the Asian Pacific Countries for
potential expansion plans for midsize companies. (SPK, PAC, CI)
Learning content ? Key issues which determine the business dealings
? Philosophical background of the business ethic
? Theoretical concept to develop a company strategy to either source in the Asia
Pacific Area or to do business there
? Case studies based on current research activity or with guest speakers
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging markets
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Emerging Markets
Intercultural management
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on China and India
Behavioral aspects
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
>80%
38
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) / group work 30 (per group)
15 (exploring the
findings with the class)
1 Written paper(s) / group work Background of the oral
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature The latest books and periodicals will be discussed and the reading part will be adjusted
according the topics of the individual classes
Remarks The students should be interested in the international scope of the business now and
especially in the future. The class will deal with economical, as well as educational and
cultural issues.
Exploration of the new markets stands in the foreground, especially from the standpoint
of Swiss/Western companies – strategic concepts.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
39
Economic Globalization
Module description Economic Globalization
Module code w.1EG
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wrtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit ZWP
Module responsibility Armin Jans
Deputy Christian Berger
Prerequisites
w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, w.1VWL3 (for Business Law: w.1VWL1_BL, w.1VWL2_BL)
Aims The Students …
? explain the various aspects of economic globalization as an ongoing process using
economic tools
? explain the historical roots of economic globalization in the context of current developments
? recognize, consider, and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of economic
globalization (in general and in relation to rich and poor countries)
Learning goals
1
The Students …
? are able to identify the various globalization processes and analyze these from an
economic perspective (PAC, REC, SC).
? are able to explain the historical development of economic globalization and are able to
understand current developments and issues and put these into a context (SPK, SC).
? are able to identify the advantages and disadvantages, and also winners and losers, of
economic globalization (SPK, REC, SSC).
? are able to critically debate arguments for and against economic globalization (REC, CI,
CC).
Learning content ? Global trade in goods and services, direct investments
? The role of the WTO and of regional integration blocks
? Historical development since 1500
? Measuring globalization (various concepts)
? Industrialization and internationalization strategies of emerging countries
? Criticism of globalization
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2 (resp. w.1VWL1_BL,
w.1VWL2_BL)
Customs and Contingents
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 14 21
Exercises 14 20 21
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
40
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
1 Paper(s) 15-20 pages by groups of 2
students
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Le Monde diplomatique, (2006). Atlas der Globalisierung. Edition 2.2, Berlin: TAZ
Additional literature Brakman, Garretsen, van Marrewijk, van Witteloostuijn (2006) Nations and Firms in the Global
Economy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Osterhammel Jürgen, Petersson Niels (2004) Geschichte der Globalisierung: Dimensionen,
Prozesse, Epochen, Edition 2.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
41
Economics 3
Module description Economics 3
Module code w.1VWL3_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZWP
Module responsibility Reto Schleiniger
Deputy Tilman Slembeck
Prerequisites Required Pflicht- und Wahlmodule: w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, Math 1+ 2
Aims Students are able to
? graphically, analytically and verbally explain economic phenomena using simple
macroeconomic models;
? understand the most important statistical concepts in economics as well as their
interpretation and limits;
? assess, analyze and evaluate current events as well as economic policy measures
within a broad economic context.
The module imparts general economic knowledge and addresses several links between
macroeconomics and business administration (e.g. exchange rates, interest rates,
inflation, business cycles and business cycle policy)
Learning goals
1
Students …
? comprehend the goals of economic policy and their interrelations (SPC, PC)
? explain and interpret statistical economic data. (SPC, SC, PAC)
? relate long-run economic development to the economy's production function. (SPC,
PAC)
? analyze the significance of financial markets. (SPC, CI)
? describe the three functions of money and the causes of inflation and deflation as well
as the tasks and instruments of central banks. (SPC, PC)
? explain the determination of exchange rates under different regimes. (SPC)
? discern causes of business cycles and unemployment (SPC, PAC)
? assess the development of prices and interest rates. (REC)
? evaluate aims and instruments of fiscal and monetary policy and their interrelations
(SPC, REC)
Learning content ? economic policy: goals, measurement and control
? statistical concepts in economics (BNP, consumer price index, unemployment rate,
balance of payments)
? economic growth and its sources
? savings and investments – credit markets in closed and open economies
? money, inflation and its economic costs, monetary policy, the monetary concept of the
Swiss central bank
? labor markets, natural rate of unemployment, international trade, international capital
flows, currency markets, exchange rates, financial crises
? business cycles and business cycle policy, AD-AS-model, Phillips curve
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Business Administration and Marketing:
? Economic environment (long- and
short-run development)
? Banking + Finance: Economic
environment (long- and short-run
development), embedding of financial
markets into the overall economy,
currency markets, financial crises
The module is required for the following
modules:
? w.1VWL4 (Economics and Politics)
? Emerging markets
? Economic Globalisation
? European Integration
42
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work (e-learning)
Pair work
Group work
Simulation
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28
Seminar/exercises 28 44 52
Practical work
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Mankiw, N. Gregory, Taylor, Mark P. (2010), Economics, London, Cengage Learning
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
43
Emerging Markets Field Trip
Module description Emerging Markets Field Trip
Module code w.1EMFT
Degree program and major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (Classroom hours per week)
3 No classroom hours during semester
Organizational unit CIB
Module responsibility René Rüttimann
Deputy Markus Prandini
Prerequisites Doing Business in Emerging Markets (w.1DBusEM)
Aims The students understand the visited emerging market out of their own experience
through on-site learning. They get an insight into the economical, business, social and
cultural world of the visited country. The understand, negotiate and communicate with
locals (business people, politicians etc.) as well as enhance their intercultural
competence and learning.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Experience the way of life through real on-site experience ((PC)
? Explore the cultural heritage and know how to integrate the findings into properly
doing business in the emerging market area ((CI, IMC)
? Are able to understand what makes Western multinational successful and how they
adapt to the local market (SPK)
? Are able to use the experience of successful Swiss companies and adapt their
strategies to midsize enterprises which also wish to do business abroad (PAC)
? Know how these countries can be used as sourcing areas (SPK)
? Understand the buying power of these countries as well as the market size of over 1
billion people (SPK)
? Learn the first steps to expand the business network to emerging markets (PC)
? Expand the horizon for the future professional career (LC, IMC)
Learning content ? The potential of the visiting countries – the growing market
? The environment of the visited countries - social, political, education, infrastructure,
etc.
? First learning steps in actual doing business there, visit companies, greeting
ceremonies etc.
? Insight knowledge of the companies visited – large Western multinationals, Swiss
companies, local SMEs and local MNEs
? Cultural aspects such as religion, philosophical background, temples and
monasteries well as important historical points
? Visit universities – learn about their potential for further studies
? Important institutions who support business efforts
? Personal contacts
? Guest speakers and case studies base on the present situation
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
Operations Management
International Finance
Business in Asia Pacific
Intercultural Management
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on other developing nations in the
area
Behavioral aspects
44
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format (only a few hours)
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Field Trip to Emerging Market which will only take place during the Spring Semesters.
The actual trip will start in the third exam week and lasts about 14 days.
The students will pay for the trip themselves.
The module w.1EMFT is available only for Full-Time students.
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
Seminar/exercises 80 (Field Trip) 10 (Presentation)
Practical work
Total 80 10
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 35 (group work)
Written paper(s)
1 Other(s): Evaluation participation
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Journal articles about visited emerging market
Scientific studies about visited emerging market
Remarks The students need to be willing to learn first-hand the current and future developments of
the visited Emerging Market. The module requires an active participation while visiting
companies, listen to speeches, exploring historical sights and general activities to
understand the visited Emerging Market better. The students will have to deliver a group
presentation to a previously defined topic (related to the visited Emerging Market) during
the field trip.
Planned Field Trips:
Spring Semester 2012: South Korea / China
Spring Semester 2013: tbd
Spring Semester 2014: tbd
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
45
English 1
Module description Business English 1
Module code w.1EBO1
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 3
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Monica Neve
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites Admission to course of study:
Higher vocational diploma or A-levels /Matura equivalent
Cambridge First Certificate FCE or BEC Vantage, Level C/B
TOEFL Internet based 54-55
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR Level B2)
Bulats Test www.bulats.ch at level B2 (must be done in certified center)
Aims The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through active participation
in discussions and simulated meetings students can express their opinions fluently and
convincingly, contributing ideas and responding to them, using vocabulary and
grammatical structures at the level B2+ of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. In business writing, the students are able to write typical
emails of arrangement, enquiry and response to an enquiry. The students can
understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and interviews
which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to
? conduct simple business discussions (PC, CC)
? write emails dealing with such issues as: arranging a meeting, making enquiries
and responding to an email of enquiry (PC)
? understand a wide range of typical business texts, correspondence and reports
(PC, SPK)
? actively take part in discussions and express their opinions fluently and
convincingly (PC, CC, SSC)
? take part in a meeting – contributing ideas, responding to ideas (PC, CC, SSC)
? develop and apply effective study techniques for learning vocabulary (SPK)
? use a bilingual dictionary correctly (PC)
? improve their knowledge and use of grammar through self-study and classroom
work (SPK, PAC, REC)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom (PC)
? understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and
interviews which are delivered at natural speed (PAC, PC)
? relate their Business English knowledge to their core degree subjects (SPK,
REC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book plus texts
from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from the
students’ core degree subject material
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly typical business email
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through simulations of meetings, role plays and
discussions in business-related contexts
46
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills, Business Administration,
Communication 1
Presentations, rhetoric, communication,
business-related topics
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 24 24
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 24 24
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation, Simulated meeting
(collaborative task)
30-35
2 Compulsory Task: Writing 45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script including Text Bank
Michael Duckworth & Rebecca Turner (2008). Business Result Upper-Intermediate.
Oxford: OUP.
Paul Emmerson (2010). Business Grammar Builder, 2nd Edition, Intermediate to Upper-
intermediate. Macmillan.
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
47
English 2
Module description Business English 2
Module code w.1EBO2
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 3
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Patrik Fischli
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites w.1EBO1
Cambridge First Certificate FCE/BEC Vantage, Grade A
Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English (CAE/BEC Higher), Grade C
TOEFL Internet based 74
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) Level C1
Bulats Test www.bulats.ch at level C1 (must be done in certified center)
Aims w.1EBO2 follows on from Business Communication 1
The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work and in their 5-minute presentations on business related topics the
students can express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases
and grammatical structures at the level B2++ of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. In their writing, the students are able to write short business
reports, using layout and language appropriate to text type and according to task. The
students can understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and
interviews which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to
? prepare and give a well-structured 5-minute presentation on a business-related
topic (PC)
? express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner
(PC and especially also SPK)
? voice their opinions and defend their own points of view in a competent manner
(PC and SPK)
? conduct short negotiations (PC)
? express themselves convincingly, both formally and informally, adapting their style
according to their audience (PC)
Within the context of the learning goals mentioned above, students also develop their
communication competence (CC) as well as their leadership competence (LC).
? understand a wide range of typical business texts, correspondence and reports
(SPK and PC)
? understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and
interviews, which are delivered at a natural speed (PAC and SSC)
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual
level (SPK)
? apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately (SPK)
? develop effective self-study techniques for grammar learning and vocabulary
consolidation (PAC and REC)
? write basic business reports (SPK and CI)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom (special focus on SSC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book plus texts
from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from the
students’ core degree subject material
48
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly typical business report
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through role plays and discussions in business-
related contexts
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills, Business Administration,
Communication 2
Presentations, summarizing, rhetoric,
Business-related topics
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 24 24
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 24 24
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Compulsory Task: Presentation 5
1 Compulsory Task: Writing &
Vocabulary
45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script including Text Bank
Michael Duckworth & Rebecca Turner (2008). Business Result Upper-Intermediate.
Oxford: OUP.
Michael Duckworth (2005). Business Grammar and Practice. Oxford: OUP.
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
49
English 3
Module description Advanced Business English 1
Module code w.1EBO3
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management in Law (SWR)
Module responsibility Judi Macmillan
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites w.1EBO2
Proficiency, Grade C
Cambridge Advanced English or Cambridge BEC Higher, Grade B
TOEFL internet-based 110
Any other internationally accredited Certificates on C1-C2 Level
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR Level C1-C2)
Bulats Test www.bulats.ch at level C1-C2 (must be done in certified center)
Aims w.1EBO3 follows on from Business English 2
The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work in class and in their 2-minute talks the students can express their
opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases and grammatical structures
at the level C1 of the Common European Framework of References for Languages. In
their writing, students are able to write full and detailed business reports, using layout
and language appropriate to text type and according to task. Students will also be able to
write effective business emails, recognizing appropriate register according to context.
Students can understand most points made in discussions, meetings and interviews
which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to:
? prepare and give a well-structured 2-minute talk using no notes or visuals (PC and
CC)
? express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner (PC,
SPK and CC)
? voice their opinions and defend their points of view in a competent and convincing
manner (PC, SPK and CC)
? adapt their style according to their audience (PC and CC)
? understand a wide range of business texts, correspondence and reports (SPK and
PC)
? understand points made in discussions, meetings and interviews which are delivered
at a natural speed (PAC and SSC)
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
(SPK)
? apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately (SPK)
? develop effective self-study techniques for language learning and consolidation
(PAC and REC)
? write full business reports and emails that are appropriate to context (SPK and CI)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom ( special focus on SSC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading skills through a variety of business texts topics such as:
training; energy; marketing; employment trends; the future of work; business ethics.
? Writing workshops: development of report writing skills
? Development of listening skills through authentic and semi-authentic audio material
? Development of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions related to
Business English
? Revision and practice of advanced business vocabulary and grammar
50
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business related
contexts
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.STM1
w.BWL1/2
Strategic Management, Business
Administration 1/2
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 34 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 2
2 Paper(s) 90
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Iwonna Dubicka and Margaret O’Keeffe. Market Leader Advanced Business English
Course Book. Pearson Longman, 2011.
ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
John Rogers, Market Leader Advanced Business English Practice File. Pearson
Longman 2011.
ISBN: 978-1-4082-3704-5
Additional literature Michael Duckworth (2003). Business Grammar and Practice. Oxford: OUP.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
51
English 4
Module description Advanced Business English 2
Module code w.1EBO4
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law (SWR)
Module responsibility Tessa Meuter
Deputy Nico Spahn
Prerequisites w.1EBO3
Aims w.1EBO4 follows on from w.1EBO3
The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work in class and in their collaborative speaking task the students can
express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases and
grammatical structures at the level C1 of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. In their writing, students are able to write a summary and
conclusion from a strategy meeting using layout and language appropriate to text type
and according to task. Students will also be able to write short reports based on graphic
input, such as a bar chart or a pie chart. Students can understand most points made in
discussions, meetings and interviews which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to:
? take part in a collaborative speaking exercise based on a strategy meeting where
they must express opinion, negotiate, argue and discuss (PC and CC)
? express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner (PC,
SPK and CC)
? voice their opinions and defend their points of view in a competent and convincing
manner (PC, SPK and CC)
? conduct negotiations (PC and CC)
? adapt their style according to their audience (PC and CC)
? understand a wide range of business texts, correspondence and reports (SPK and
PC)
? understand points made in discussions, meetings and interviews which are delivered
at a natural speed (PAC and SSC)
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
(SPK)
? apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately (SPK)
? develop effective self-study techniques for language learning and consolidation
(PAC and REC)
? write a summary and conclusion from a strategy meeting plus short reports based on
graphic input (SPK and CI)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom ( special focus on SSC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading skills through a variety of business texts topics such as:
finance and banking; consultants; strategy; doing business online; project
management.
? Writing workshops: development of paragraph writing, summary and short report
writing skills
? Development of listening skills through authentic and semi-authentic audio material
? Development of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions related to
Business English
? Revision and practice of advanced business vocabulary and grammar
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business related
52
? contexts
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.STM1
w.BWL1/2
Strategic Management
Business Administration 1/2
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 34 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 5
2 Paper(s) each 45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Market Leader Advanced Coursebook by Iwonna Dubicka and Margaret O’Keeffe
(Pearson Longman) ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
Market Leader Advanced Practice File with CD by John Rogers (Pearson Longman)
ISBN: 978-1-4082-3704-5
Additional literature Michael Duckworth (2003). Business Grammar and Practice. Oxford: OUP.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
53
English for Critical Communication
Module description A critical thinking course for upper-intermediate and advanced learners of English
Module code w.1ECC
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations No end-of-module exam: coursework only
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Rupert Taylor (torr)
Deputy n/a
Prerequisites Higher vocational diploma or A-levels equivalent
English at level B2-C2 (IELTS 5-8.5, Cambridge FCE or BEC Vantage to Proficiency)
This course is not suitable for English native speakers.
Aims Students successfully completing this course will:
? Have a set of mental and linguistic tools which allow them to take and express a
critical view of the ideas, individuals and organizations influencing their lives
through business, politics and current affairs.
? Deepen their critical knowledge of one organization and one issue of interest to
them.
? Understand the meanings of sustainability, both in general and as it applies to a
concept of their choice in particular.
Learning goals
1
In response to material in written, spoken, audio or video form, students are able to:
Use quotation correctly
? Cite sources without plagiarism
? Identify and report the scope of an information source
? Infer implicit meaning
? Point out what relevant information has been omitted from an information
source
? Correctly and perceptively express connections between ideas
? Dissect and evaluate an argument
? Evaluate an explanation
? Identify bias in information sources
In face to face meetings, students are able to:
? Interrupt and prevent interruption
? Seek and provide clarification
? Make and respond to suggestions
? Cross-question an informant
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Critical thinking tools are presented to the students one by one.
? Students practice using each tool in controlled conditions in class.
? Students’ ability to use these tools is tested interactively via Moodle.
? Students carry out autonomous research in order to apply the tools to subjects
of their choice in two extended written assignments.
? Students hold meetings to support and troubleshoot each other’s research.
? Students attend and evaluate a presentation by a sustainability expert to help
them choose a theme for their second extended written assignment.
? Products of the students’ research receive detailed feedback from the instructor
and from peers.
Links to other modules This module is linked to the school-wide program of events marking the World Expo 2012
in Yeosu, Korea. Of the two major written tasks which students produce, the first will be
exemplified using a Korean company and the second will take sustainability as its theme.
Sustainability will be explored with the help of a visiting lecturer and through autonomous
self-study.
54
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Multimedia interactive content delivered
via Moodle
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for meetings according to lesson plan.
100% classroom attendance is strongly recommended.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 2 SWS / 24h 30h 36h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 2 SWS / 24h 30h 36h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
2 Research papers Seven weeks (c.18 hrs)
per paper
2 Meetings 30 minutes each
8 Online quizzes / short written tasks 30 minutes each
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
55
Financial and Asset Management
Module description Financial and Asset Management
Module code w.1FAM
Degree program and
its specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 vom 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit ZRI
Module responsibility Daniel Greber
Deputy Angela Zeier
Prerequisites All modules oft he assessments; w.1RI, w.1PrM, w.1VR1, w.1VR2, w.1CM, w.1Vtr, w.1MUV,
w.1Int1_RI
Aims The students will get an overview of Asset management in the insurance industry.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? Calculate fixed income and option prices, rates of return and risk
? Evaluate stocks and fixed income instruments
? Understand essential strategies of portfolio theory
? Distinguish insurance-related elements o fasset management
? Know the important regulations in respect of VAG und VVG
Learning content ? Grundlagen des Asset Managements, Portfoliotheorie und gebundenes Vermögen
? Spezifikas Asset Liability Management in der Versicherung (AHV, IV,
Einzellebensversicherungen, Nichtlebensversicherungen, Kollektivversicherung)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: w.1MaBO1/w.1MaBO2 Content: Priciples of mathematics
Module: w.1Stat Content: Principles
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projekts
Case Study
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28 34
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 28 34
Performances
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Schriftliche Prüfung(en) 60
Mündliche Prüfung(en)
Referat/mündliche
Präsentation(en)
Schriftliche Arbeit(en)
Weitere:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additionale literature tbd
Remarks None
56
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
57
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory
Module description Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Module code w.1FIPT_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Thomas Gramespacher
Prerequisites w1.MaBO1, w1.MaBO2, w1.Stat, w1.BF
Aims The students understand the risk and return profile of different financial instruments as
components of a successful investment process. They know the importance of the
concept of portfolios compared to single asset strategies. They understand the use of a
reasonable implementation of diversified portfolios and its effect on risk and return.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? compute bond prices (SPK, PC)
? determine the risk of bonds using duration (SPK, PAC)
? know the importance of the term structure of interest rates for the valuation of bonds
(SPK, REC, CI)
? value equity returns ex-post and ex-ante (SPK)
? name the relevant factors for option prices (SPK, PC)
? compute option prices using the formula of Black and Scholes (SPK, PAC)
? show basic option strategies (SPK, PAC)
? understand the execution and pricing of futures (SPK, PAC)
? define complete portfolios accordingto the investors readiness to assume risk (PAC,
REC)
? split total risk into firm-specific and market risk (SC)
? apply covariance and variance (SPK, SC)
? compute return and risk of a two-asset portfolio (SPK, PC)
? explain the mean-variance criterion and the efficient frontier (SPK, REC, SC)
? understand the formation of prices in an equilibrium model (SPK, SC)
? use core results like Capital-market-line (CML) and security-market-line (SML) (PC)
Learning content ? Pricing of bonds including the concept of duration and convexity
? Term structure of interest rates
? Historical stock returns
? Ex-ante valuation of stock
? Derivative instruments: options and futures
? Complete portfolios and Capital Asset Line
? Efficient diversification
? Risk and return of a portfolio
? Minimum variance (MVP) and Optimal portfolio
Capital Asset pricing Model (CAPM) including Capital-market-line (CML) and Security-
market-line (SML)
? Treynor and Sharpe Ratio, Jensens alpha
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MaBO1&2
w.1MaBO2
w.1Stat
w.1Quant
w.1BF
w.1Aim
w.1KM
w.1CFRM
Algebra, equations, functions
Differential calculus
Variance, covariance,
correlation/regression
Theoretical foundations
Overview financial markets
Active and passive portfolio management
CAPM, shortfall risk, Value-at-Risk CAPM
58
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Didactic teaching
Tutorial
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 56 68
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Bodi, Z., Kane, A., Marcus A. (2008). Essentials of Investment. 7
th
International Ed.
New York: McGrawHill
PowerPoint slides
Supplementary exercises
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
59
German Advanced
Name German Advanced
Code w.1GerA_Inc
Degree and Major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Study Regulation ZHAW Bachelor Degree 09
Validity Appendix dated 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS WS G WS K # Klassen / G
3 2 1
Unit Responsible SGL 6201
Person Responisble A. Schürer
Deptuy
Erforderliche Vorkenntnisse German language ability at B1 level
Goals: Degree and Major n/a
Mission related Skills and
Abilities
The module serves to improve aspects of:
Practical Knowledge
Generalist Knowledge
Specialist Knowledge
Interdisciplinary Thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical Thinking
Method Competence
Academic Competence
Communication Skills
Social Skills
Cross-functional Thinking
Leadership
Character Development
Individual Responsibility
International Thinking / Multicultural Competence
Objective The students acquire advanced knowledge and skills in grammar, written and oral
communication in High German at vantage level (CEF B2/C1)
They can understand the main ideas of complex text on both concrete and abstract
topics, including technical discussions in their field of specialisation. Can interact with a
degree of fluency and spontaneity that makes regular interaction with native speakers
possible without strain for either party. Can produce clear, detailed text on a wide range of
subjects and explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the advantages and
disadvantages of various options.
Learning Goals 1. Reception:
1.1 Listening
The students can understand extended speech (e.g. lectures) even when it is not clearly
structured and when relationships are only implied and not signalled explicitly. They can
understand television programmes and films without too much effort.
1.2 Reading
The students can understand long and complex factual and literary texts, appreciating
distinctions of style. They can understand specialised articles and longer technical
instructions, even when they do not relate to their field.
2. Interaction:
2.1. Spoken Interaction
The students can express themselves fluently and spontaneously without much obvious
searching for expressions. They can use language flexibly and effectively for social and
professional purposes. They can formulate ideas and opinions with precision and relate
their contribution skilfully to those of other speakers
2.2. Written Interaction
The students can express themselves with clarity and precision, relating to the addressee
flexibly and effectively in an assured, personal, style.
3. Production:
3.1. Spoken
The students can present clear, detailed descriptions on a wide range of subjects related
60
to their field of interest. They can explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the
advantages and disadvantages of various options.
3.2. Written
The students can express themselves in clear, well-structured text, expressing points of
view at some length. They can write detailed expositions of complex subjects in an essay
or a report, underlining what they consider to be the salient issues. They can write
different kinds of texts in a style appropriate to the reader in mind.
Content Language
? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Links to other modules
Module: Content:
Teaching approach Contact study
Lectures
Simulation
Projects
Case Study
Other forms: Presentations
Self Study
Individual Assignments
Dyads
Group Work
Required Presence 80%
Structure of Instruction
Contact study Guided self-study Independent Self-study
Lecture
Exercises 28 52 10
Practicum
Total
Grading Nrl Tyoe Duration (Min.)
Written Exam(s)
Oral Exam(s)
Presentations
Written Assignment(s)
Other:
Language of Instruction German
Instructional Materials Handouts and work sheets
Supplemental Literature Michaela Perlmann-Balme, Susanne Schwalb, 2008, em Hauptkurs Mittelstufe, Max
Hueber Verlag
Friedrich Clamer, Erhard G. Heilmann,2007, Übungsgrammatik, Liebaug-Dartma
Comments High degree of student participation and activity.
Numerous topical articles and materials will be distributed throughout the module.
61
German Beginners
Name German Beginners
Code w.1GerB_Inc
Degree and Major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Study Regulation ZHAW Bachelor Degree 09
Validity Appendix dated 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS WS G WS K # Klassen / G
3 2 1
Unit Responsible SGL 6201
Person Responisble A. Schürer
Deptuy
Pre-requisites None
Goals: Degree and Major n/a
Mission related Skills and
Abilities
The module serves to improve aspects of:
Practical Knowledge
Generalist Knowledge
Specialist Knowledge
Interdisciplinary Thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical Thinking
Method Competence
Academic Competence
Communicatiion Skills
Social Skills
Cross-functional Thinking
Leadership
Character Development
Individual Responsibility
International Thinking/ Multicultural Competence
Objective The students acquire basic knowledge and skills in grammar, written and oral
communication in High German at breakthrough level (CEF A1)
They can understand and use familiar everyday expressions and very basic phrases
aimed at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type; can introduce themselves and
others and can ask and answer questions about personal details such as where they
lives, people they knows and things they have. They can interact in a simple way
provided the other person talks slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.
Learning Goals 1. Reception:
1.1 Listening
The students can understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to
areas of most immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family
information, shopping, local geography, employment). They can catch the main point in
short, clear, simple messages and announcements.
1.2 Reading
The students can read very short, simple texts. I can find specific, predictable
information in simple everyday material such as advertisements, prospectuses, menus
and timetables and they can understand short simple personal letters.
2. Interaction:
2.1. Spoken Interaction
The students can interact in a simple way provided the other person is prepared to
repeat or rephrase things at a slower rate of speech and help me formulate what I'm
trying to say. They can ask and answer simple questions in areas of immediate need or
on very familiar topics.
2.2. Written Interaction
The students can write a short, simple postcard, for examples sending holiday greetings.
They can fill in forms with personal details, for example entering my name, nationality
and address on a hotel registration form.
62
3. Production:
3.1. Spoken Production
The students can use simple phrases and sentences to describe where they live and
people they know. They can use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in
simple terms their family and other people and living conditions.
3.2. Written Production
The students can write a series of simple phrases and sentences linked with simple
connectors like „and", „but“ .
Content Language
? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Links to other modules
Module:
Content:
Teaching approach Contact study
Lectures
Simulation
Projects
Case Study
Other forms: Presentations
Self Study
Individual Assignments
Dyads
Group Work
Required Presence 80%
Structure of Instruction
Contact study Guided self-study Independent Self-study
Lecture
Exercises 28 52 10
Practicum
Total
Grading Nrl Tyoe Duration (Min.)
Written Exam(s)
Oral Exam(s)
Presentations
Written Assignment(s)
Other:
Language of Instruction German
Instructional Materials Handouts and work sheets
Supplemental Literature Bovermann, Monika, Penning, Sylvette und Specht ,Franz :2007. Schritte 1.Max Hueber
Verlag;
Aufderstrasse, H, Bock, H. Eisfeld, K-H 2007. Themen 1, Max Hueber Verlag
Comments High degree of student participation and activity.
Numerous topical articles and materials will be distributed throughout the module.
63
German Intermediate
Name German Intermediate
Code w.1GerI_Inc
Degree and Major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Study Regulation ZHAW Bachelor Degree 09
Validity Appendix dated 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS WS G WS K # Klassen / G
3 2 1
Unit Responsible SGL 6201
Person Responisble A. Schürer
Deptuy
Prerequisites None
Goals: Degree and Major n/a
Mission related Skills and
Abilities
The module serves to improve aspects of:
Practical Knowledge
Generalist Knowledge
Specialist Knowledge
Interdisciplinary Thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical Thinking
Method Competence
Academic Competence
Communication Skills
Social Skills
Cross-functional Thinking
Leadership
Character Development
Individual Responsibility
International Thinking / Multicultural Competence
Objective The students acquire advanced knowledge and skills in grammar, written and oral
communication in High German at vantage level (CEF B1/B2)
They can understand the main points of clear standard input on familiar matters regularly
encountered in work, school, leisure, etc. They can deal with most situations likely to arise
whilst travelling in an area where the language is spoken. They can produce simple
connected text on topics, which are familiar, or of personal interest. They can describe
experiences and events, dreams, hopes & ambitions and briefly give reasons and
explanations for opinions and plans.
Learning Goals 1. Reception:
1.1 Listening
The students can understand the main points of clear standard speech on familiar matters
regularly encountered in work, school, leisure, etc. They can understand the main point of
many radio or TV programmes on current affairs or topics of personal or professional
interest.
1.2 Reading
The students can understand texts that consist mainly of high frequency everyday or job-
related language. They can understand the description of events, feelings and wishes in
personal letters. They can read articles and reports concerned with contemporary problems
in which the writers adopt particular stances or viewpoints.
2. Interaction:
2.1. Spoken Interaction
The students can deal with most situations likely to arise whilst travelling in an area where
the language is spoken. They can enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are
familiar, of personal interest or pertinent to everyday life (e.g. family, hobbies, work, travel
and current events).
2.2. Written Interaction
The students can write personal letters describing experiences and impressions and also
letters highlighting the personal significance of events and experiences.
64
3. Production:
3.1. Spoken Production
The students can connect phrases in a simple way in order to describe experiences and
events, my dreams, hopes & ambitions. They can briefly give reasons and explanations for
opinions and plans. They can narrate a story or relate the plot of a book or film and
describe my reactions.
3.2. Written Production
The students can write straightforward connected text on topics, which are familiar, or of
perrsonal interest.
Content Language
? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Links to other modules
Module:
Content:
Teaching approach Contact study
Lectures
Simulation
Projects
Case Study
Other forms: Presentations
Self Study
Individual Assignments
Dyads
Group Work
Required Presence 80%
Structure of Instruction
Contact study Guided self-study Independent Self-
study
Lecture
Exercises 28 52 10
Practicum
Total
Grading Nrl Tyoe Duration (Min.)
Written Exam(s)
Oral Exam(s)
Presentations
Written Assignment(s)
Other:
Language of Instruction German
Instructional Materials Handouts and work sheets
Supplemental Literature Perlmann-Balme, M., Schwalb, S., Weers, D., 2008. em Brückenkurs Mittelstufe, Max
Hueber Verlag
Friedrich Clamer, F., Heilmann, E., 2007. Übungsgrammatik, Liebaug-Dartmann Verlag
Hartmut Aufderstrasse, Heiko Bock, Karl-Heinz Eisfeld. 2007 Themen 3, Max Hueber
Verlag
Comments High degree of student participation and activity.
Numerous topical articles and materials will be distributed throughout the module.
65
Global Marketing Management for Incomings
Module description Global Marketing Management for Incomings
Module code w.1GMM_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations: Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
2
SWS G
3
SWS K
4
# classes/G
5
6 4 1 2
Organizational unit Center for Marketing Management
Module responsibility Thomas Kähr
Deputy Brian Rüeger
Prerequisites
Knowledge of marketing fundamentals
Degree program goals Goals of the degree program and its specialties
To be defined and added in due time (in
accordance with AACSB requirements)
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims The students understand the key tasks for marketing products and services on a global scale
and can apply a structured analysis to real life cases.
Learning goals Students are able to:
? Analyse problems in international marketing
? Identify marketing aspects in the international environment
? Understand the challenges of international marketing
? Improve English marketing skills
Learning content ? Introduction: What is global marketing?
? Decision: Internationalisation yes or no?
? Market selection
? Strategy of market entry (e.g. Joint Venture, FDI etc.)
? Design the marketing mix
? Organisation of marketing structure
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
w.1
w.1
w.1
International Business
Strategic Management
Fundamentals of Marketing
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
2
SWS: hours per semester week. 1 SWS = usually 45 minutes
3
SWS G: hours per semester, class size: large
4
SWS K: hours per semester, class size: small
5
# classes/G: max. number of classes jointly attending a large class
66
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 84h 40h
Exercises
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 84h 40h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction German / English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Bradley, F. International Marketing Strategy, Fifth Edition.Cateora and Graham. International
Marketing, 12
th
Edition
Kotler,P. Marketing Management, 10
th
Edition
Remarks The module includes many concrete business examples to illustrate the practical side of Global
Marketing Management.
67
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Module description Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Module code w.1InE_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Strategy & Operations
Module responsibility Herbert Wattenhofer
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites w.1PrSTM, w.1ASM
Aims The students are able to understand and to evaluate important stages in the
development of a company by applying common business concepts, starting with a
business idea, to the foundation of a company, till its growth. By applying appropriate
methods in the different phases, they learn about the possibilities and limitations of these
methods.
Ultimately, students should be encouraged to become entrepreneurs themselves.
Learning goals
1
The students ...
? identify business and innovation opportunities while using the components of
business models (customer segments, value proposition, revenue model, value
architecture) (SPK, CI)
? develop an integrated business concept in more details and in all consequences
(PC, REC, CI)
? develop suitable alternatives for the continued growth of a company (PC, REC, CI)
Learning content (a) Field of Innovation: Understanding business innovation and seeking business
opportunities
? The imperative of Innovation for competitive advantage and long-term success
? Basic concepts of innovation management: success factors, models, strategies,
processes, systems
? Sources of business opportunities and innovation
? Identification and development of new product / service innovations: creativity
methods, ideation, QFD, time-to-market, target costing, value engineering etc.
? Actual approaches in innovation management: open innovation, technology
intelligence, strategic foresight, design driven innovation etc.
? Innovation cycles
(b) Field of Entrepreneurship: Developing and realizing business concepts
? The nature of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur
? Instruments and platforms of entrepreneurial activities
? Business plans and the precursors
? Business model and business plan development
? Formation of a company and its obstacles
? Market size and strategies of market introduction
? Financing and financial planning of ventures
? Legal considerations of business formation
? Protection of knowledge and intellectual property
? Development of exit and/or growth strategies - value capturing
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1PrSTM Principles of Strategic Mgmt
w.1ASM Advanced Strategic Management
? Environmental Analysis
? Strategic options and their
assessment
? Growth Strategies
? Innovation (Case)
? Entrepreneurship (Case)
68
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Practical
presentations
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 8
Seminar/exercises 28 8
Practical work 40 68
Total 56 40 84
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 30
2 Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature - Tidd, Joe/Bessant, John (2009). Managing Innovation. 4th ed. Chichester: Wiley.
- Kaplan, Jack M./Warren, Anthony C. (2010). Patterns of Entrepreneurship
Management. 3rd ed. Chichester: Wiley.
- Osterwalder, A./Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business Model Generation. 1st ed. Chichester:
Wiley.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
69
Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module description Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module code w.1IcM_Inc
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility Dr. Petra Barthelmess
Deputy Prof. Samuel van den Bergh
Prerequisites Sound knowledge of English
Knowledge of general management; interest in international management
Aims This module aims to encourage students to:
- understand culture’s impact on human behaviors and how cultural values and
communication styles influence international business.
- foresee the dilemmas of global managers and prepare themselves accordingly.
- helps students to make the most out of their stay abroad.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? Recognize, respect and reconcile intercultural conflicts and create synergy out of
diversity. (PC)
? Understand culturally and socially diverse employees and how to overcome cultural
barriers in the organizational setting, e.g. after mergers, fusions, in joint-ventures
(IMC)
? Reflect and build on personal experience through an in-depth, rigorous exploration
of current theory and practice in the field. Analyze their own culturally conditioned
behaviors and behavioral changes within cultural contexts. (REC, SSC)
? Develop job-specific cultural skills (IMC, PC)
? Learn to differentiate between description, interpretation and evaluation (SC)
? Learn new skills relevant to building successful relationships at an operational level
with international partners (PAC, IMC)
? Share specific experience with students from other countries (REC)
Learning content ? Intercultural management
? Communication styles across cultures
? Cultural dimensions – Value-orientation
? Critical incidents and reconciliation
? Cultural awareness and self-reflection
? Cross-cultural communication
? Diversity management
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Contents(s):
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
70
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 48 90
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 48 90
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation 20
Written paper(s) 5 pages summary of
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Riding The Waves of Culture: Understanding Diversity in Global Business
Charles Hampden-Turner / Fons Trompenaars
McGraw-Hill; 2 edition (1997)
ISBN-13: 978-0786311255
Building Cross-Cultural Competence: How to Create Wealth from Conflicting Values
Charles Hampden-Turner / Fons Trompenaars / David Lewis
Yale University Press (2000)
ISBN-13: 978-0300084979
The Global M&A Tango: How to Reconcile Cultural Differences in Mergers, Acquisitions,
and Strategic Partnerships
Trompenaars Fons / Asser Maarten Nijhoff
Mcgraw Hill (2010)
ISBN-13: 978-0071761154
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
71
International Business
Module description International Business
Module code w.1IBus_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Deputy Peter Qvist-Sorensen
Prerequisites ? Einführung BWL
? Grundlagen des Marketing
? Principles of Strategic Management
? Advanced Strategic Management
Aims This module provides a systematic introduction to concepts and thinking of international
business. The module focuses on cross-border economic activity which involves all
commercial transactions between individuals, private organizations and governments
across two or more countries. Furthermore does the module integrate analysis of the
competitive environment and the internal resources of the firm to provide a strategic view
of international business.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? understand how the international business environment impacts on the operations of
an international firm (SPK / CI)
? understand differences in business systems and what they mean to international
firms (SPK / CI)
? analyze a nation's or industry's competitiveness (PC / PAC)
? analyze a firm's strategic position and recognize international opportunities and
threats (PC / PAC / CI)
? develop international strategies and the necessary organizational structures and
processes (PC / PAC)
? understand the effects of cultural differences on international business (SPK / REC /
IMC)
? understand the effects of international activities on the firm's value chain (SPK / IMC)
? understand the risks associated with international operations (SPK / PAC)
? apply the basic concepts with regard to doing business in select regions of the world
(PC / PAC)
Learning content ? The World of International Business
? The Environment of International Business
? International Business Systems and Competitiveness
? Multinational Enterprises (MNE) and Small and Medium International Enterprises
(SMIE)
? International Business Strategy
? Internationalization and Foreign Market Entry
? The Role of Emerging Markets
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Contents(s):
Einführung BWL
Grundlagen des Marketing
VWL 1/2/3
Wirtschaftsrecht
Principles of Strategic Management
Advanced Strategic Management
Finance (Fin. and Mgmt. Accounting)
72
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 64 60
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 64 60
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam (Individual Grading,
60%)
120
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation (Team Grading,
40%)
15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
International Business (5 edition, 2008)
Alan M. Rugman / Simon Collinson
Financial Times: Prentice Hall; Language English
ISBN-13: 978-0273716549
Additional literature See Moodle
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
73
International Negotiation for Incomings
Module description International Negotiation for Incomings
Module code w.1INO_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
RPO and SO Dept. W of 29.01.2009 (Bachelor)
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
6
SWS G
7
SWS K
8
# classes/G
9
6 4 1 2
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility Daniel Seelhofer
Deputy Tang Charong
Prerequisites
? Knowledge of general management; interest in international management
Degree program goals Goals of the degree program and its specialties
To be defined and added in due time (in
accordance with AACSB requirements)
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims Students understand the different types of negotiations and they are able to differentiate
between positions and interests. They know the various strategies commonly applied in
different negotiation phases by different cultures and how to react effectively in tough
situations.
Learning goals The students:
- can do strategic planning for a negotiation.
- know the differences between single-issue, multi-party, multi-issue negotiations and can
apply strategies and tactics accordingly.
- can manage communication and conflicts in negotiations.
- can utilize the concession patterns and negotiation styles of major cultures.
Learning content - types and phases of negotiation
- planning, framing and reframing
- strategies in different phases
- culture’s role in negotiation
- communication and psychology in negotiation
- conflict management in negotiation
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
w.1
w.BAP
International Business
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
6
SWS: hours per semester week. 1 SWS = usually 45 minutes
7
SWS G: hours per semester, class size: large
8
SWS K: hours per semester, class size: small
9
# classes/G: max. number of classes jointly attending a large class
74
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 40h
Exercises 50 34
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 50 74h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Lewicki R.J., (2007). Essentials of Negotiation. 4
th
Edition. Boston: McGraw-Hill
Additional literature Further literature sources will be provided in class.
Remarks
75
International Politics for Incomings
Module description International Politics for Incomings
Module code w.1InPol_Inc
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Hans Vogel
Deputy Christoph Ebnöther
Prerequisites Necessary qualifications as well as modules and electives students must have passed to
be eligible
Aims Based on the analysis of modern scientific models the students recognize the importance
and role of international political and economic actors
Learning goals
1
? Students explain the emergence, the development and the functionality of the
international system and apply the most important scientific models of international
relations (realism and institutionalism (liberalism)) to selected cases of international
cooperation and conflict (SC, PAC, REC, IMC, CI).
? They distinguish between different forms of political regulations to be applied to
globalization and to inter- and transnational cooperation as well as to international
conflicts (PAC, REC, CC).
? They recognize different forms of integration while analyzing the EU- and UN-System
and their strengths/weaknesses and opportunities/threats (IMC, EC).
Learning content ? History of international relations and international organizations
? Theories of Realism and Institutionalism
? War, terrorism and peace
? Hegemonial and multilateral forms of foreign policy
? Transnational (e.g. Greenpeace, MNCs) and international (e.g. UN, EU) cooperation
? Study trip to Geneva (e.g. UN European HQ, ICRC etc.)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1Poli1 Switzerland’s Political System
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None / 80% / 100% (class instruction only)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 x 2 Presentation: 12 Reading: 20
Seminar/exercises Case Study: 30
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 40
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
76
Additional literature
Baylis, John/Smith, Steve: The Globalization of World Politics, New York 2006
Vogel, Hans: Peace, Terrorism, and War - Transition, Case Studies, unpublished New York 2001,
rev. 2008
Drechsler, Hanno; Hilligen, Wolfgang; Neumann, Franz (Hrsg.): Gesellschaft und Staat - Lexikon der
Politik, 9. Aufl,, München 1995
Betts, Richard M: Conflicts after the Cold War, New York 1994
Rittberger, Volker; Zangl, Bernhard: Internationale Organisationen – Politik und Geschichte,
Leske+Budrich, Opladen 2003
Weidenfeld, Werner; Wessels, Wolfgang (Hrsg.): Europa von A bis Z, Bonn 2006
Newspapers, Journals: Foreign Affairs, The National Interest
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
77
IT Project Management
Module description IT Project Management
Module code w.1ITPM
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Business Information Technology (ZWI)
Module responsibility Christopher Rettenbacher
Deputy Ulrich Gysel
Prerequisites none
Aims The students get an introduction to current practices, processes and methods in the field
of project management.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? apply well established and well-known project management methods (PC)
? structure and plan simple IT projects. (PC)
? Learn to recognize frequent problem areas in project management. (PAC)
Learning content ? IT-project management – its characteristics and features
? Problem solving methods
? Project management and IT-architecture
? Personel management
? Cost estimates
? Quality management
? Process improvement
? Configuration management
? Project managment standards
? Generally accepted approaches and practices
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Introdcution to business administration
Software Engineering
Basics in general management
Basics on investment and financing
Basics in personnel management
Basics in organizational management
Engineering process
Software architecture
Re-engineering process
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
class instruction only
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 32
Seminar/exercises 14 30
Practical work
Total 28 30 32
78
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Head First PMP, 2
nd
Edition, Jennifer Green, Andrew Stellman
Der Termin – Ein Roman über Projektmanagement, Tom deMarco
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking 7 multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
79
Job Application Process in English
Module description Job Application Process in English
Module code w.1JAPiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Rhiannon Jones
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites w.1EBO3 Advanced Business English 1
Aims This is a one semester course at the end of which students are able to confidently search
for a job, analyise the advertisement, apply for a job in writing and online, write their CV
and sit an interview for a position in English.
Learning goals
1
The students are able to:
? understand complex opinions/arguments in lengthy texts in relation to the job
application process (PC)
? understand detail, opinion, tone, implication, purpose (SSC)
? write letters of application (SSC and CC)
? write a piece of work whose message can be followed throughout (PC and CC)
? discuss abstract/cultural topics related with the world of work with a good degree of
fluency and range of expression ( PC and CC)
? deal with unpredictable questions during a job interview (CC)
? follow up questions by probing for more detail within their chosen job (PC and CC)
? discuss complex topics in relation to their chosen advert (PC and CC)
? use vocabulary and grammar at the C1 level of the Common European Framework
of reference for Languages
? understand business text organisation such as exemplification, comparison,
reference (PC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of listening and reading skills when preparing for a job interview
? Development of speaking skills when participating in a simulated job interview
? Development of writing skills (letters of application and CVs)
? Revision of important grammatical structures and business vocabulary at C1 level
? Expansion of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions in relation to
reading job adverts, writing and filling in job application forms and letters and
speaking skills in an interview.
? Creation of portfolio including job advert, application letter, CV and preparation notes
for an interview.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
80
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 32 30
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s) 60 per task
1 Other(s): 15 simulated interview
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Colm Downes (2012) – Cambridge English for Job-hunting, Cambridge University Press
(ISBN 978-0-521-72215-5)
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
81
Management Accounting and Financial Management
Module description Management Accounting and Financial Management Program in English
Module code w.1 MAcc_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Beatrice Meyer
Deputy
Prerequisites Fin. Acc. Fin. Analysis (w.1FinAcc)
Aims Students strengthen the foundations of Management Accounting and learn the concepts
of controlling. They put the findings into a higher-level context. They recognize that
Management Accounting is an important management tool being able to apply this to
case studies.
Learning goals
1
• Students can explain the functions of controlling (planning, monitoring, coordination
and information supply) as well as concepts (management, leadership functions, op-
erational and strategic) (SPK, PC, REC).
• They can explain the importance of cost accounting as the main operating controlling
instrument. Students are able to
• name the characteristics of a detailed cost accounting with the help of an ERP in a
simple project-oriented service and industry company, respectively (SPK, PC);
• explain the differences and similarities of various cost accounting systems based on
numerical examples (SPK, SC);
• apply the techniques of cost accounting on issues of corporate practice (SPK, PC);
• evaluate the practical relevance of cost accounting systems (SPK, PAC);
• explain the meaning of Swiss GAAP FER and IFRS for the operational controlling
(SPK, SC, PC).
• They can explain the importance of investment management as an important special-
ized task of controlling bodies and they are able to apply appropriate procedures in-
terpreting results correctly (SPK, REC).
Learning content Cost accounting
• Objectives
• Definition and relation of internal and external corporate accounting
• Construction of cost distribution sheet
• Accruals, presentation possibilities of income statement
• Inventory valuation (LIFO, FIFO, HIFO, GDP)
• Cost accounting in practice using an ERP
• Cost accounting systems (actual absorption costing, normal absorption cost, actual
direct costs, actual absorption costs)
• Analysis of opportunities in a breakeven analysis (break-even point, profit target
calculation, optimum product range)
Controlling
• Controlling concept, strategic and operational controlling
• BSC concept as a strategic controlling tool
• Projected accounts and budgeting, beyond budgeting, zero based budgeting.
82
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1VWL1 Cost function
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 80 44
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 80 44
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Management Accounting – A practice-based introduction. Meyer: Beatrice, Fehr, Marcel,
Passardi, Marco; Zürich: Schulthess, 2010; 2. Auflage.
Additional literature
Fundamentals of cost accounting: Lanen, William N., Anderson, Shannon W. Maher,
Michael; New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2010; 3rd ed.
Introduction to management accounting: Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William
O. Stratto.. [et al.] Upper Saddle River, NJ : Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008; 14th ed.
Cost management : a strategic emphasis: Edward Blocher, [et al.] New
York NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2008; 4th ed.
Dictionary for Controllers: International Group of Controlling (Hrsg.), Stuttgart: Schäfer-
Poeschel, 2010; 4. Auflage.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
83
Management of an Insurance Company
Module description Management of an Insurance Company
Module code w.1MVU
Degree program and
its specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 vom 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZRI
Module responsibilitiy Daniel Greber
Deputy Angela Zeier
Prerequisites All modules of the assessments; w.1RI, w.1PrM, w.1VR1, w.1VR2, w.1CM
Aims The students will get an overview of the most important elements and processes to
successfully manage an insurance company, including internal and external influencing factors.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? Know the important topics to manage an insurance company
? Understand how an efficient risk management works
? Analyse accounting issues in insurance companies
Learning content ? Governance (Compliance, Risk Management, Controls)
? Total Quality Management
? Structure and processes of insurance companies
? International aspects
? Risk Management and actuarial aspects, SQM, FINMA-SST (Swiss Solvency Test)
? Reinsurance as a risk management tool
? Accounting, reporting and controlling
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: w.1RI Content: All content
Module: w.1BWL1
Module: w.1FinAcc
Content: All content
Content: Basics of accounting
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projekts
Case Study
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 56 68
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performances
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 120
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additionale literature tbd
Remarks None
84
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking 7 multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
85
Market Research & Marketing Controlling
Module description Market research, marketing efficiency and effectiveness
Module code w.1MaFEE_PiE
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZMM
Module responsibility Frank Hannich
Deputy Jürg Hari
Prerequisites
Principles of Marketing
Consumer behavior and communication
Accounting / Mathematics
Skills
Aims Students are introduced to the methods and application areas of market research and empirical
social research. They are able to apply basic qualitative and statistical proceedings, are able to
evaluate methodological proceedings and are able to develop a basic research concept. In
addition students are introduced to the basic problems of strategic and operational Marketing
Controlling and are able to set up an effective and efficient operational and strategic Marketing
Control System for a company. They understand the connection between the various elements
and are able to derive measures to increase the control of efficiency of Marketing in a
company.
Learning goals
1
Students
? are able to plan and conduct basic surveys (SPK, SC)
? know the basic applications of qualitative and quantitative studies (SPK, SC)
? are able to apply basic applications of qualitative and quantitative research methods (SPK,
SC)
? are able to interpret statistical proceedings (SPK, SC)
? know the basic tasks, organisation and instruments of Marketing Controlling (PAC, SSC)
? know the various sub areas of operational and strategic Marketing
? Controlling and the various means to measure the effectiveness and efficiency (SPK, PAC,
SSC)
? are able to apply instruments of Marketing
? Controlling to problems relevant for practice (SPK, SC)
? are able to develop an integrated Performance Management based on a task-oriented
approach (CC).
Learning content Market Research:
- interpretation of primary and secondary data
- proceedings: various statistical proceedings
- measurement of customer satisfaction
- quality criteria and adherence of ethical principles
- qualitative and quantitative research methods
- research topics, survey design
- questionnaire development, Interview technique
- data collection, data analysis
- name hypothesis and draw conclusions
Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness
- Theoretical fundamentals for an effective and efficient Performance Management in
the area of operational and strategic Marketing Controlling.
- Application of instruments and tools to practical problems
86
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
Consumer behavior and communication
Principles of Marketing
Accounting
Skills
Mathematics
Consumer research, controlling, communication
Marketing concept / marketing mix
Calculations / profit margin
ABC-Analysis / BCG-Matrix
Statistics
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 28
Exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 8 116
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
1 Paper(s) 15 pages
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Handbuch Marketingcontrolling: Effektivität und Effizienz einer marktorientierten
Unternehmensführung (2006. 2. Auflage. Wirtschaftsverlag Ueberreuter.
Richard Kühn, Michael Kreuzer, (2006). Marktforschung. Haupt Verlag.
Additional literature Swen Reinecke, (2005). Marketing- und Verkaufszahlen. Werd Verlag.
Achim Bühl, (2006). SPPS. Pearson Studium.
Ludwid Berekoven, Werner Eckert, Peter Ellenrieder (2004). Marktforschung. 10. Auflage.
Gabler Verlag.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
87
Operations and Process Management
Module description Operations and Process Management
Module code w.1OP_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Alfred Angerer
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites
Principles of Strategic Management; Advanced Strategic Management; Fundamentals of
Marketing; Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis
Aims Students are able to design, monitor and improve simple processes in praxis. Established
practices will be presented and applied to practical cases in industrial and service
environments. In addition the course will demonstrate to the students the interrelationship
between Operations and other process in the company and encourage interdisciplinary
thinking and action. Students will be able to choose optional courses to explore specific
topics in depth.
Learning goals
1
Students
? Are able to design simple processes building upon customer needs and corporate
strategy. (SPK, PAC, REC, CI)
? Learn to think in terms of processes and can explain the most important processes in
industrial, trading and service companies. (SPK, REC, CI)
? Can apply frequently used tools in process management and are able to independently
analyse and improve existing processes.(SPK, PC, PAC)
? Understand the basic interrelationship between Operations Management, Supply Chain
Management, Lean Management and Quality Management and can correctly apply
these concepts in daily business life.(SPK, REC, PC)
Learning content ? Operations in organizations
? Process Management
? Process Design
? Product Design
? Supply Chain Management
? Planning and managing Operations
? Lean Management
? Quality Management
? Continuous Process Improvement
Links The module has links to:
Module
? Strategic Management
? Marketing
? Information Technology
Content
? Corporate strategy; Business Unit Strategy;
Core competencies
? ECR, Distribution, Customer orientation
? Process analysis; ERP systems; Process
automation
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work
Work in Pairs
Group work
Compulsory attendance 100%
88
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 28
Exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 46 78
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s) 90 / since FS2012 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral Presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
Other
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Slack, N., Chambers, S., Johnston, R. (2010): Operations Management, 6th Ed., Pearson
Education: London
Additional literature Heizer, J., Render, B. (2010): Operations Management, 10th Edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall: New Jersey
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
89
Political Science 2
Module description
Political Science 2
Module code
w.1Pol2
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Christoph Ebnöther/Hans Vogel
Deputy Barbara Stoelker Reithaar
Prerequisites None
Aims The students recognise the fundamental scientific models of international relations as
well as the relevance and role of globally players in the world of politics and business.
Learning goals
1
? Explain the historic developments and basic mechanisms of the system of
international players and apply theoretical models of international relations (realism
and institutionalism) to current situations (SC, REC, IMC, CI).
? Explain the political regulation of globalisation by means of inter- and transnational
co-operations as well as different forms of conflict and the how international
cooperations work (SC, REC, IMC, CI).
? Distinguish between different forms of integration using the example of the EU- and
the UN systems and describe their risks and opportunities (SC, REC IMC, CI EC).
Learning content History of international relations and of the IO
Realism and institutionalism
War, terrorism and peace
Hegemonial and multilateral politics
Transnational (e.g. Greenpeace, MNCs) and international (e.g. UN, EU) cooperations
Excursion to Geneva (European UN Headquarters, ICRC, etc.)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1Pol1
Principles of a modern state
Comparison of different political systems
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Excursion
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 /42 Preparation of excursion: 10
Excursion: 10
Preparation of exam: 30
Preparation of presentation: 12
Lecture: 76
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 / 42 62 76
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 40
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
90
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Baylis, John/Smith, Steve: The Globalization of World Politics, New York 2006
Vogel, Hans: Peace, Terrorism, and War - Transition, Case Studies, unpublished New
York 2001, rev. 2008
Drechsler, Hanno; Hilligen, Wolfgang; Neumann, Franz (publ.): Gesellschaft und Staat -
Lexikon der Politik, 9th ed., München 1995
Betts, Richard M: Conflicts after the Cold War, New York 1994
Rittberger, Volker; Zangl, Bernhard: Internationale Organisationen – Politik und
Geschichte, Leske+Budrich, Opladen 2003
Weidenfeld, Werner; Wessels, Wolfgang (Hrsg.): Europa von A bis Z, Bonn 2006
Journals: Foreign Affairs, The National Interest
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
91
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module description Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module code w.1PMOB_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Human Capital Management)
Module responsibility Hans Willi
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites None
Aims Students can lead a straightforward project by learning best practice approaches. For
more complex project, the students learn how to assist effectively the project leader.
(project management).
In addition, students understand how the behavior within organizations is influenced by
individuals, groups and structures and are capable of increasing the effectiveness of an
organization through the application of this knowledge (organizational behavior).
Students gain an understanding concerning how the human capital a company requires
can be obtained, oriented and promoted (in line with company strategy) so that the result
is an optimal company performance.
This knowledge enables students to promote and shape both the contribution to human
capital per se as well as the contribution of the management of human capital to a
company’s value creation and competitiveness.
Learning goals
1
Students:
? Gain the competence to lead straightforward projects and to assist the project leader
in more complex projects (SPK, PC, PAC, REC, CI, CC, LC)
? Gain the knowledge to define, structure, plan, control and execute projects (PC,
PAC, CI)
? Know tools, methods and success drivers of project management (SPK)
? have gained, thanks to knowledge of concepts, theories and models, an
understanding of the behavior of individuals in organizations. (SPK, CI, SC, REC)
? can analyze social phenomena and assess alternative development and
management principles in view of their effectiveness and efficiency within
organizations. (SPK, PC, REC, CI, SSC)
? have gained an understanding of one of the models used in this module for the
management of human capital and are capable of both assessing the human capital
management of a company and shaping this company’s future development. (SPK,
SC, PAC, REC, CI)
Learning content Project Management:
? Introduction to project management
? Management of integration, content, time, risk, cost in projects (theory and case
studies)
? Exercises in project initiation, stakeholder management, network planning
? Internet-based project simulation “Simultrain” – a simulation for training project
managers with special focus on the project execution phase
Organizational Behavior:
? human capital management as a company function.
? organizational theories.
? structural and staff leadership within a company.
? motivation and its implementation in human capital management (HR-Marketing,
performance management including compensation management)
- Motivational theories and organizational justice
- Models and instruments of HR marketing
? competence management
92
? performance management
- goal-setting theory and MBO
- Groups and teams
- What is a group?
- Phases of group development
- Group processes
- Group decision-making
The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Integration 1 and 2
Operations and processes
Project Management
Process Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance during project management group coaching
Otherwise 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 86
Seminar/exercises 38
Practical work 28
Total 56 38 86
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Reader concerning Organizational Behavior and Human Capital Management
Pinto, J. K., (2010). Project Management, Achieving competitive Advantage. 2. Edition.
New Jersey: Pearson Education.
Additional literature Meyer, P (2010). Human Capital strategisch einsetzen. Köln: Wolter Kluwer Luchterhand
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
93
Public & NPO Financial Management
Module description Public & NPO Financial Management
Module code w.1PFM
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Rauskala Iris (raus) / Bergmann Andreas (bgma)
Deputy Stoelker Reithaar Barbara (stoe)
Prerequisites w.1FinACC, w.1MAcc
Aims The students gain insight into the field of public financial management as an academic
discipline. They are first introduced to the special basic conditions of financial
management in the public/NPO sector. They are provided with an overview of the
individual aspects of financial management. In addition, they are confronted with the
significance and scope of reforms affecting financial accounting and public controlling
bodies. They discuss the newest developments and current fields of research such as
risk management and public-private partnership.
Learning goals
1
The students are able to:
? Manage public enterprises as a special case at the intersection between public and
corporate finance (PC)
? Actively participate in the implementation of international and national reforms of
financial accounting systems (PAC)
? Establish a public controlling system based on the needs of an administrative unit
(PC, PAC)
? Apply in practice the latest knowledge of public financial management such as risk
management and private-public partnership. (PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Nature and context of public financial management
? Financial reporting in the public/NPO sector
? Public controlling (controlling, general, KLR and budget)
? Risk management and internal audits
? Private-public partnership
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1FinAcc
w.1FinAcc
w.1MAcc
Profitability
Financing
Capital budgeting
Instruction mode(s)
Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
2 / 28 64
Seminar/exercises
2 / 28 60
Practical work
Total
4 / 56 60 64
94
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Andreas Bergmann, (2008). Public Sector Financial Management.1
st
ed. Essex (UK:
Financial Times Prentice Hall.
Additional literature H.M. Coombs und D.E. Jenkins, (2002). Public Sector Financial Management. 3
rd
ed.
London: Thomson
Urs Bolz (Ed.), (2005). Public Private Partnership in der Schweiz. 1
st
ed. Zurich:
Schulthess Verlag
Lynn T. Drennan und Allan McConnell (2007). Risk und Crises Management in the Public
Sector. 1
st
ed. Oxon: Routledge.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
95
Quantitative Methods
Module description Quantitative Methods
Module code w.1QMeth_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Armin Bänziger
Prerequisites Mathematics 1; Mathematics 2; Statistics
Aims The students learn important quantitative methods to come to terms with central
mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? master elementary matrix algebra and use matrices in the portfolio context (SPK, PC,
SC, PAC)
? are capable to find partial and total derivatives of functions (with several variables)
(SPK, SC, PAC)
? are able to find first and second order Taylor series approximations of functions and
use them to facilitate computations in finance (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to handle linear transformations of (sums of) random variables and apply
them to measure portfolio risk and return (SPK, PC, PAC)
? recognize the significance of utility theory for finance (SPK, SC, REC)
? comprehend the difference between the arithmetic and geometric mean (of returns)
and know, when to use what measure (PAC, REC)
? annualize returns (mean, variance and standard deviation) (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable of calculating shortfall and value at risk (given normal returns) (SPK, PC,
PAC)
? realize the problems of “fat tails” in return distributions for portfolio theory and risk
management (SPK, PAC, PUK)
? understand the basic arbitrage principle to price options (SC, PAC, REC)
? estimate prices of European and American options with a one- and two-step binomial
model (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to interpret the option “Greeks” (SPK, PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Elements of matrix algebra
? Mean-variance portfolio theory
- Measures of central tendency and variability
- Linear transformations of random variables
- Risk and return of a single asset
- Portfolio risk and return (sum of random variables)
- Using matrices to model portfolios of several assets
? Functions of several variables
- Partial derivatives
- Total differentials
- Taylor series approximations
? Foundations of utility theory
- Utility functions, indifference curves
- Expected utility, certainty equivalent of a gamble
- Risk aversion, risk premium
- Measures of absolute and relative risk aversion
- Mean-variance utility
? Aspects of risk management
- Skewness and kurtosis of return distributions
- Normal and lognormal distributions
- Time aggregation of returns
- Shortfall risk, safety-first criterion
96
- VaR methods
? Options
- Binomial model (one- and two-step trees, no-arbitrage argument, risk neutral
valuation)
- Option “Greeks”
- Hedge ratios, delta hedging
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
w.1MatBO1&2
w.1MatBO2
w.1Stat
w.1FIPT/ w.1Aim
w.1CFRM/ w.1KM
w.1BA_BO
Algebraic manipulations, equations,
functions
Calculus
Theoretical foundation (descriptive and
inductive statistics)
Financial mathematics (discrete and
continuous compounding, discounted cash
flow, matrices, moments of distributions,
random variables, utility theory, normal
distribution, options)
Risk measures, skewness and kurtosis,
shortfall risk, VaR, partial derivatives,
Taylor series
Quantitative skills
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
Seminar/exercises 28 34
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction German / English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture notes, lecture slides
Problem set
Additional literature Journal articles and book sections (see course reserves in library)
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
97
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
98
Statistics
Module description Statistics
Module code w.1Stat_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Armin Bänziger
Prerequisites Mathematics 1; Mathematics 2
Aims The students understand essential methods of descriptive and inferential business
statistics.
Learning goals
1
The students
? know how to summarize qualitative and quantitative data with tabular and graphical
methods (SPK, PC)
? compute measures of central location and variability of distributions (SPK, PC)
? grasp the concept and applications of probability theory and random variables (SPK,
PAC, REC)
? overview the most important discrete and continuous probability distributions and know
how to use them in economic models and problems (SPK, PC, PAC)
? apprehend the relevance of random sampling for estimation and testing (SPK, PC,
PAC, REC)
? compute and interpret confidence intervals for means and proportions (SPK, PC, PAC,
REC)
? grasp the concept of hypothesis testing and carry out basic tests (SPK, PC, SC, REC)
? understand the method of simple linear regression
Learning content ? Graphs and tables to describe qualitative and quantitative data
? Numerical measures to describe data (measures of location and variability)
? Elements of Chance: Probability Methods
? Measures of association between two variables
? Discrete probability distributions (binomial and Poisson distribution)
? Continuous probability distributions (uniform and normal distribution, normal
approximations of discrete probability distributions)
? Distribution of sample statistics
? Confidence interval estimation of a single population parameter (mean and proportion)
? Hypothesis tests of a single population (mean and proportion)
? Relationships between variables
- Cross Tables and scatter plots
- Covariance and correlation
- Two variable regression analysis
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MaBO1&2; w.1MatBO1&2
w.1MaBO2; w.1MatBO2
w.1Quant
w.1FI&Pft
w.1Aim
w.1KM
w.1CrpFin
w.1MaKomm
w.1BaBO
Algebra, functions
Differential calculus
Theoretical foundations
Normal distribution, regression, correlation
Normal distribution, regression, correlation
Binomial and normal distribution, quantiles
Normal distribution, regression, correlation
Descriptive and inferential statistics
Statistical analysis / interpretation of results
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Didactic teaching
Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
99
Practical exercises
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 56 68
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Newbold, Paul; Carlson, William; Thorne, Betty (2010): Statistics for Business and
Economics (Global Edition). 7. ed. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN: 978-0-13-507248-6
PowerPoint slides
Supplementary exercises
Additional literature Alternative textbooks to consider:
Anderson, David R.; Sweeney, Dennis J.; Williams, Thomas A. (2006): Statistics for
Business and Economics, w. CD-ROM. European ed. Cengage Learning Services.
ISBN: 978-1844803132
Wonnacott, Thomas H.; Wonnacott, Ronald J. (1990): Introductory Statistics for Business
and Economics. 4. ed. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
100
Strategic Management for Incomings
Module description Strategic Management for Incomings
Module code w.1STM_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations: Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
10
SWS G
11
SWS K
12
# classes/G
13
6 4 1
Organizational unit Center for Strategic Management
Module responsibility Jacques Hefti (hefj)
Deputy Stefan Schuppisser (sste)
Prerequisites Introduction to General Management
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims The students understand the relevance of Strategic Management for the success of a company
and develop independently or with guidance solutions for different design areas in the strategic
decision making process. The students are able to analyse the strategic position of a company
by using the correct analysis instruments. Furthermore they develop various competitive
strategies and assess challenges in relation to strategy implementation.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Analyse the external environment and define critical success factors (SPK, PAC)
? Describe internal competences and resources (SPK, PAC)
? Assess expectations of stakeholders (SPK, PAC)
? Understand mission and vision of a company (SPK)
? Understand the mechanism of corporate governance (SPK, PAC)
? Understand the goals and design areas of corporate level strategy (SPK)
? Understand the goals and design areas of business level strategy (SPK)
? Analyse various competitive strategies and business models (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Distinguish between development directions and methods of the strategic development of a
company (SPK)
? Understand evaluation tools to select the best strategic option (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Understand the challenges of strategy implementation (SPK)
? Describe design elements of a strategy focused organisation (SPK)
? Create a strategy map and balanced scorecard (PC)
? Understand the relevance of change measures (SPK)
? Use selected models and instruments in case studies and develop alternative solutions
independently (PC)
Learning content ? Business environment (macro environment, industry, competition, markets)
? Analysis of demand
? Development of critical success factors
? Internal analysis and assessment of strength and weaknesses (financial ratios,
competences, resources, value chain, company culture)
? SWOT analysis
? Corporate Governance, Stakeholder Management, Corporate Social Responsibility
10
SWS: hours per semester week. 1 SWS = usually 45 minutes
11
SWS G: hours per semester, class size: large
12
SWS K: hours per semester, class size: small
13
# classes/G: max. number of classes jointly attending a large class
101
? Corporate level strategy
? Business level strategy, competitive strategies
? Development directions (growth, consolidation, disinvestment) and methods (internal growth,
M&A, strategic alliances)
? Assessment of strategic options
? Mission and Vision
? Design elements of a strategy focused organisation
? Interface strategy and control systems (planning, budgeting, reporting, incentive systems)
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
? All other functional disciplines
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 40h
Exercises 50h 34h
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 50h 74h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Gerry Johnson, Kevan Scholes, Richard Whittington: Fundamentals of Strategy, 2nd edition,
Pearson, 2011
Additional literature J.D. Hunger, T.L. Wheelen: Essentials of Strategic Management, 5th edition, Pearson 2011
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
c. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
d. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
102
Turnaround Management
Module description Integration 1 Accounting/Controlling/Auditing
Module code w.1TM
Degree program and
ist specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam Regulations Bachelor 09 as of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix as of 12.5.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit IBF – Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module responsibility Felix Blaser (blel)
Deputy -
Prerequisites Accounting modules of semester 1 – 5
Aims The students are able to early detect the indications of financial crisis in order to ensure that
business may continue successfully. They have an understanding of the most common
financial restructuring measures and are able to develop a basic turnaround plan. They also
understand the main issues with regards to the applicable legal framework. On top the
students have an understanding of the role of the banks in turnaround situations.
Learning goals
1
Students
? understand, how financial crisis materialize and develop; they know how to early detect
such indications of a crisis (PAC, SPK).
? will obtain an understanding of the legal framework applicable for turnaround situations in
Switzerland (SPK, PC).
? will also learn what a turnaround concept is and how such a concept is to be developed
(SPK, REC).
? will have a basic understanding of Tax issues involved in such turnaround situations (SPK,
PAC).
? A major part of this course is dedicated to financial restructuring measures with regards to
liabilities and equity. The students will understand the functionality of such restructuring
measures and the pros and cons of each instrument (SPK, SC, CI, REC).
? In almost each turnaround situation in Switzerland the involved banks play a major role in
the development of a turnaround concept. The students will understand the issues
surrounding bank financing in a turnaround situations (CI, EC, PAC).
Learning content ? Definition of financial crisis; development of a crisis.
? Legal frameworks; Art. 725 of Swiss Code of Obligations; Illiquidity and liability issues for
the Board of Directors; issues of the legal framework for debt collection and
foreclosure/execution.
? The Turnaround concept; preparation and contents.
? Financial restructuring measures on the Liability side:
- refinancing / restructuring loans
- subordinations
- renunciations
- debt/equity swaps
- reduction agreements
? Financial restructuring measures on the Equity side:
- capital increase
- à-fonds-perdu payments
- capital reduction
- revaluations
? Selection of restructuring measures
? Role of the banks / bank consortiums
? Tax aspects of the restructuring measures
103
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Law
Tax
Accounting and Finance
Commercial Law
Corporate Tax
Debt and Equity Instruments
Instruction mode (s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case Studies
other: exercises
Guided self-study
individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance (class
instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study
Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1 SWS / 14h 10h
Seminar/exercises 1 SWS / 14h 30h 22h
Practical work
Total 28h 30h 32h
Performance
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of
Instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
lecturer’s script
scripts and exercises in English
Additional literature Principles of corporate finance, by Brealey Myers (McGraw Hill, 6
th
ed. or later)
Remarks Expected total working hours:
? dependent on precognition level and experience
? presence studies, preparation, review and exam preparations 50 h
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
104
Web Engineering
Module description Web Engineering
Module code w.1WE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZWI
Module responsibility Alexandre de Spindler (desa)
Deputy Ueli Gysel (gysl)
Prerequisites Necessary qualifications as well as modules and electives students must have passed to
be eligible
Aims The students understand the special methods and technics which are necessary and are
applied in the field of web based application systems
Learning goals
1
The students…
? develop on a development environment for web based applications (SPK)
? implement server and client side functionality(SPK)
? design and implement interactive, browser based, user interactions (SPK, PC)
? create practical examples(PC)
Learning content ? installation of development environment
? html based forms
? server side programming language
? database management system
? client side programming language
? usability
? rich internet client
? gui frameworks
? e-business case studies
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Internet & Security
Fundamentals of Economics
SW-Engineering
Algorithms&Datastructures
Standards & Data (BIX1)
IT Project Management
Communication stack
Application layer
Enterprise and environment
Fundamentals of investment
Fundamentals of rganisation
Fundamentals of personell
Fundamentals of management
Engineering process
Architecture
Objects
Classes
Design
Relational datamodels
Human capital management
Cost estimations
Quality management
proceedings
Configuration management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
105
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None / 80% / 100% (class instruction only)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1 70h
Seminar/exercises 3 50h
Practical work
Total 4 (=42h) 50h 70h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
2 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
1 Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
doc_723227038.pdf
This abstract tell zurich university of applied sciences school of management and law 2012 13.
Zurich University of Applied Sciences
School of Management and Law
Courses Taught in English
Academic Year 2012/13
2
Courses taught in English
Fall Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Bank Management
Organization, management, and financial accounting & reporting in banking operations
6
Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
Management Accounting & Financial Management
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Management of an Insurance Company
Structure & processes; compliance, risk management, controlling, quality management
6
Public & NPO Financial Management
Financial management in the pubic & non-profit sector; public-private partnerships
6
Quantitative Methods
Mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Strategic Management
Analysis of strategic position and creation of competitive strategy
6
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Consumer behavior as an individual and as part of a group; management of marketing communication
6
Economics 3
Application of microeconomic models to national economic & business management interactions
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
Market Research & Marketing Controlling
Market research methods and managing market performance
6
Operations & Process Management
Supply Chain Management, Efficient Consumer Response, Lean Management & Quality Management
6
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Managing projects and people
6
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
Strategic Management (for Incomings)
Assessing strategic positioning, evaluating strategic choices and implementing strategy
6
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
IT Project Management
Management strategies and tools in IT projects
3
Web Engineering
The use of web-based application systems
6
3
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Principles and language of the US legal system; legal methodology, constitutional law and civil procedure
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders.
6
International Business
Managing business across borders
6
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
6
International Politics (for Incomings)
Models of international relations & interactions of global players in politics and business
3
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
English 3
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
English 4
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
English for Critical Communication
A course in English for Critical Thinking for upper-intermediate and advanced learners
3
German Advanced
German language ability at the CEF B2/C1 Level
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
4
Spring Term
BANKING / FINANCE / ACCOUNTING
Course ECTS
Accounting under IPSAS (Elective)
An insight into International Public Sector Accounting Standards
3
Active Investment Management
Investment management, especially with regard to alternative investments
6
Banking & Finance
The Swiss financial industry with focus on the banking sector
6
Business Combination
Preparation and analysis of Consolidated Financial Statements
6
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Analysis of financial instruments and corporate financial strategies
6
Credit Management
The credit business of banks and managing risk
3
Financial and Asset Management
Asset liability management in the insurance industry
3
Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Use of financial instruments in the investment process; portfolio approach; risk & return
6
Management Accounting & Financial Management
Financial planning, controlling and decision-making
6
Quantitative Methods
Mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance
3
Turnaround Management (Elective)
Diagnosing financial difficulties & developing a financial turnaround plan
3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL MANAGEMENT / ECONOMICS
Advanced Strategic Management
Analysis of strategic position and creation of competitive strategy
6
Business Cycle Analysis (Elective)
Analysis of economy and determination its position in the business cycle
3
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Consumer behavior as an individual and as part of a group; management of marketing communication
6
Economics 3
Application of microeconomic models to national economic & business management interactions
6
Global Marketing Management (for Incomings)
Development and implementation of marketing strategy across borders
6
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Building a business from idea to operation
6
Operations & Process Management
Supply Chain Management, Efficient Consumer Response, Lean Management & Quality Management
6
Political Science 2
International relations and interactions of global players in politics and business
6
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Managing projects and people
6
Statistics
Descriptive and Analytic Statistics for Business
6
Strategic Management (for Incomings)
Strategic positioning, strategic choices and implementing
6
5
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Business Information Management
Information technologies in business management
6
IT Project Management
Management strategies and tools in IT projects
3
BUSINESS LAW
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Principles and language of the US legal system, tort, contract & company law
6
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Business in Emerging Markets (Elective)
The two largest emerging markets in the world (China and India)
3
Doing Business in Asia Pacific (Elective)
Managing successfully in Asia
3
Economic Globalization (Elective)
The process of globalization and its impact on the world economy and business
3
Emerging Markets Field Trip (Elective)
Field trip to China or India; visits to government, academic & business organizations
3
Intercultural Management (for Incomings)
Effective management of people and organizations across cultural borders
6
International Negotiation (for Incomings)
Negotiating models and strategies in an international context
6
International Politics (for Incomings)
Models of international relations & interactions of global players in politics and business
3
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
English 1
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 1; CEF level B2+
3
English 2
Communicating effectively in the business environment Part 2; CEF level B2+/C1
3
English 3
Advanced Business English Part 1: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1
3
English 4
Advanced business English Part 2: Analysis and Reporting; CEF Level C1/C2
3
English for Critical Communication
A course in English for Critical Thinking for upper-intermediate and advanced learners
3
German Advanced
German language ability at the CEF B2/C1 Level
3
German Beginners
German language ability at the CEF A1 Level
3
German Intermediate
German language ability at the CEF B1/B2 Level
3
Job Application Process in English (Elective)
Preparing and practicing for the job search
3
Elective = can be subject to student demand
6
Index of Course Descriptions
Accounting under IPSAS ................................................................................................................... 8
Active Investment Management ...................................................................................................... 10
Advanced Strategic Management ................................................................................................... 12
Anglo-American Law and Language 1 ............................................................................................ 14
Anglo-American Law and Language 2 ............................................................................................ 16
Bank Management .......................................................................................................................... 18
Banking & Finance .......................................................................................................................... 21
Business Combination .................................................................................................................... 23
Business Cycle Analysis ................................................................................................................. 25
Business Information Management ................................................................................................. 27
Business in Emerging Markets ........................................................................................................ 29
Consumer Behavior and Communication ........................................................................................ 31
Corporate Finance & Risk Management ......................................................................................... 33
Credit Management ........................................................................................................................ 35
Doing Business in Asia Pacific ........................................................................................................ 37
Economic Globalization................................................................................................................... 39
Economics 3 ................................................................................................................................... 41
Emerging Markets Field Trip ........................................................................................................... 43
English 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 45
English 2 ......................................................................................................................................... 47
English 3 ......................................................................................................................................... 49
English 4 ......................................................................................................................................... 51
English for Critical Communication ................................................................................................. 53
Financial and Asset Management ................................................................................................... 55
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory ..................................................................................... 57
German Advanced .......................................................................................................................... 59
German Beginners .......................................................................................................................... 61
German Intermediate ...................................................................................................................... 63
Global Marketing Management for Incomings ................................................................................. 65
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship ............................................................................... 67
Intercultural Management for Incomings ......................................................................................... 69
International Business ..................................................................................................................... 71
International Negotiation for Incomings ........................................................................................... 73
International Politics for Incomings .................................................................................................. 75
IT Project Management ................................................................................................................... 77
Job Application Process in English ................................................................................................. 79
7
Management Accounting and Financial Management ..................................................................... 81
Management of an Insurance Company ......................................................................................... 83
Market Research & Marketing Controlling ....................................................................................... 85
Operations and Process Management ............................................................................................ 87
Political Science 2 ........................................................................................................................... 89
Project Management and Organizational Behavior ......................................................................... 91
Public & NPO Financial Management ............................................................................................. 93
Quantitative Methods ...................................................................................................................... 95
Statistics ......................................................................................................................................... 98
Strategic Management for Incomings ............................................................................................ 100
Turnaround Management .............................................................................................................. 102
Web Engineering .......................................................................................................................... 104
8
Accounting under IPSAS
Module description IPSAS
Module code w.IPSAS
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Andreas Bergmann (bgma)
Deputy
Prerequisites Assessment as well as
previous modules of the major in Accounting, Controlling and Auditing (ACA)
Aims Students gain an insight into the International Public Sector Accounting Standards
(IPSAS) and know how to apply them.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Understand the principles of IPSAS and the underlying IFRS (SPK, CC, IMC)
? Analyse the differences between IPSASs and IFRS (SC, REC, IMC)
? Are aware of controversial issues in IPSAS (SC, REC, IMC, EC)
? Develop their own view on such controversial issues (SC, REC, IMC, EC)
? Apply the standards to a public sector entity (PAC).
Learning content Content lecture:
? Objectives, scope, qualitative characteristics and reporting entity
? Presentation and Disclosure
? Elements of Financial Reporting
? Recognition and Measurement
? Selected Standards in depth: IPSAS 1, 2, 3, 6 to 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25, 28 to 30, 31
? Audit implications
? Implementation projects
Self study (conducted)
? IPSAS 1-31
? (Draft) Conceptual Framework
? Müller-Marques-Berger, Thomas: IPSAS explained. Wiley, 2009
? Selected papers
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills Practice of the Research knowledge -
Accounting I to IV Financial Accounting
Business Law Corporate Law
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Presentation of classmates.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1SWS / 14h 13h 19h
Seminar/exercises 1SWS / 14h 15h 15h
Practical work
Total 28h 28h 34h
9
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 (100% of the grade)
Oral exam(s)
1-2 Presentation(s)
1-2 Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script)
Additional literature -
Remarks Written end of module exam (60 minutes), (content: lecture notes and study of literature
– equal to 3 ECTS)
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
10
Active Investment Management
Module description Active Investment Management
Module code w.1AIM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZAI
Module responsibility Peter Meier
Deputy Regina Anhorn
Prerequisites Assessment (all modules)
Aims The students gain an insight into theoretical basics and practical application of active
investment management, especially within alternative investments. They become
qualified to design and control corresponding processes.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Acquire the basics of rational investment decisions acc. to modern finance theory.
They can interpret common market anomalies and their approaches of explanation.
(SPK, PAC)
? Know the latest insights on Behavioral Finance and can do concrete applications in
case studies. (PC,REC, CC)
? Know and understand different investment styles for stocks and can identify the
investment strategy of a manager through style analysis. (PC, REC)
? Know the basics of active portfolio management. They are able to apply the
analytical methods to identify mispriced assets due to market inefficiencies and can
apply strategies in concrete questions regarding the exploitation of anomalies.
(SC, PC)
Learning content ? Performance measurement and its challenges in active investment management
? Behavioral Finance und market anomalies
? Theoretical aspects of active portfolio management
? Investment process in practical experience
? Alternative investments such as hedge funds, trading strategies, private equity,
commodities, asset-backed securities
? Case studies based on current research activity or with guest speakers
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Management
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Quantitative methods
Content:
Equities, bonds, derivatives
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 56 68
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
11
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 10-15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature BODY/KANE/MARCUS (2010), Essentials of Investments, 007-125445-5, International
Edition
Arnott, R.; Berkin, A.; 2000, How Well Have Taxable Investors Been Served in the 1980s
and 1990s?
Waring, M.B.; Siegel, L.B.; 2006, The Myth of the Absolute-Return Investor
Berk, J.B.; 2004, Five Myths of Active Portfolio Management
Brown, S.J.; Fraser, T. L.; Liang, B.; 2007, Hedge Fund Due Diligence: a Source of Alpha
in a Hedge Fund Portfolio Strategy
Jorion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Hedge Funds with Position Information
Jorion, P.; 2007, Risk Management for Event-Driven Funds
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
12
Advanced Strategic Management
Module description Advanced Strategic Management
Module code w.1ASM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Gunter Kucza
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites Principles of Strategic Management (w.1PrSTM)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis (w.1FinAcc)
Aims Students develop and present solutions for normative and strategic corporate issues in a
typical strategic management process. They thus deepen their knowledge on practical
concepts and tools in the field of corporate development in order to quantify strategic
plans, evaluate business models and portfolios and not least implement strategic
decisions in organizations.
Learning goals
1
Students
? Assess and evaluate strategies and strategic projects using capital-oriented evaluation
principles (SPK, PC)
? Analyse business portfolios and define recommendations for improvement (PAC, REC)
? Evaluate existing business models and develop alternative solutions independently
(PC, REC)
? Analyse and evaluate different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances) (SPK, PAC)
? Develop strategy maps and scorecards (SPK, PC)
? Evaluate aspects of corporate governance, ethics and corporate social responsibility as
an element of effective and sustainable corporate management (PC, PAC, REC, SSC,
CI, EC)
Learning content ? Value-based corporate management using capital-oriented key figures (e.g. EVA,
WACC, ROIC)
? Evaluation of strategic options and projects based on risk-return considerations (NPV-
calculations, scenario analysis and simulation)
? Corporate level management (portfolio analysis, diversification, parenting, synergies)
? Analysis and evaluation of different growth strategies (organic growth, M&A, strategic
alliances)
? Implementation of strategies using strategy maps and balanced scorecards
? Mechanisms and systems of corporate governance, ethics, corporate social
responsibility
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Principles of Strategic Management
(w.1PrSTM)
Financial Accounting & Financial Analysis
(w.1FinAcc)
Strategy processes/portfolio management
Financing
Rentability and investment budgeting
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
13
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 39
Seminar/exercises 28 45 40
Practical work
Total 56 45 79
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
4 Oral presentation(s) 90’ (in total)
Written paper(s)
2 Other(s): case study report
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Script with Case Studies
various scientific or semi-scientific articles published on moodle
Additional literature Jay B. Barney / William S. Hesterly: Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage,
3ed ed. Pearson 2010
Robert M. Grant: Contemporary Strategy Analysis, 7th ed. Wiley 2010
Simon Benninga: Principles of Finance with Excel, Oxford University Press 2006
Robert Kaplan / David Norton: The Strategy-Focused Organization: How Balanced
Scorecard Companies Thrive in the New Business Environment, 1
st
ed. Harvard
Business Press 2000
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
14
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 1: Fundamentals
Module code
w.1ALL1_BL
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit
Institute of Business Law
Module responsibility
Jens Lehne (lehj)
Deputy
Marion Völger Winsky (volm)
Prerequisites
Languages and Law 1&2 (CEF B2+)
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of the US legal system, with emphasis
on constitutional and procedural law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
1
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? know the history, structure, sources and unique characteristics of US law and can
compare it to the legal systems used in continental Europe, especially that of Swiss law
? have a good command of the concept of common law and can link legal issues to the
various sources of law (eg. case law, legislation, federal and state law); can
understand, summarize, analyze and identify the wider consequences of the decisions
of US courts
? have a basic knowledge of the US legal, governmental and judicial system and of the
key areas of constitutional and procedural law
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand basic legal concepts and terms
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
? write legal case briefs
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues
Learning content Anglo-American Law
? history of the US and the US legal system; methods, sources and unique
characteristics of US law
? structure and branches of the system of government, judicial review, relationship
between federal government and state governments (federalism)
? basic rights, in particular equal protection, due process, freedom of speech, freedom of
religion
? civil procedure, in particular jurisdiction and stages of civil litigation
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of case brief writing skills
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
15
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Public Law 1
Moot Court
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Anglo-American Business Law / legal
English
Constitutional law (comparative law)
Procedural law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 16 h
Seminar/exercises 48 h
Practical work
Total 64 h 58 h 58 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s) 90
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Amy Krois-Lindner and Translegal, International Legal English, 2006, Cambridge
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
16
Anglo-American Law and Language 2
Module description
Anglo-American Law and Language 2: Business Law
Module code
w.1ALL2_BL
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit
Institute of Business Law
Module responsibility
Jens Lehne (lehj)
Deputy
Marion Völger Winsky (volm)
Prerequisites
Languages and Law 1&2 (CEF B2+)
Private Law 1, 2 and 3
Aims The students
- acquire a basic knowledge and understanding of US business law, with emphasis on
tort, contract and company law, including comparison with Swiss law.
- develop the active and passive use of Anglo-American legal language in connection
with the above.
Learning goals
1
The students
In Anglo-American Law
? have an overview of central areas of US business law, are able to identify the relevant
legal questions when addressing cases concerning US business law, and can compare
issues of US business law with the corresponding issues in Swiss business law
? have a good command of the basic concepts of US business law, in particular of tort,
contract and company law
? are capable of solving specific questions of US tort, contract and company law, taking
into account the proper legal sources and the correct methodological approach and
can analyze, evaluate and discuss US court decisions on business law issues
in Anglo-American Legal Language
? understand advanced legal concepts and terms
? read and interpret academic texts on Anglo-American law
? read legal decisions and understand the reasoning of the court
? give presentations on important legal cases
? write legal memoranda on specific legal questions
? participate actively in discussions regarding legal issues
Learning content Anglo-American Law
? basic concepts of US tort law (including relevant issues of civil procedure, such as
class actions)
? basic concepts of US contract law
? basic concepts of US company law (including securities regulation)
Anglo-American Legal Language
? development of reading skills through course-related academic texts, court decisions
and other legal sources
? development of writing skills through memoranda
? development of listening skills through course-related authentic and semi-authentic
audio material
? development of speaking skills through discussions in course-related contexts
? development of presentation skills through group tasks
? development of vocabulary and specific legal terminology related to the course
? ongoing revision and practice of advanced language structures
17
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module(s):
Languages and Law 1
Languages and Law 2
Anglo-American Law and Language 1
Private Law 1
Private Law 2
Private Law 3
Content:
Legal English
Legal English
Fundamentals of Anglo-American law /
legal English
Tort law (comparative law)
Contract law (comparative law)
Company law (comparative law)
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
pair work and group work
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 16 h
Seminar/exercises 48 h
Practical work
Total 64 h 58 h 58 h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 180
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 15
1 Paper(s) 45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Amy Krois-Lindner and Translegal, International Legal English, 2006, Cambridge
Additional literature Reader, cases, worksheets
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
18
Bank Management
Module description Bank Management
Module code w.1BSt_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Horst Bienert
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w1.FinAcc, w1.BWL1, w1.MAcc)
w1.BF, w1.Quant, w1.FI&Pft)
Aims The students understand the goals, functional and organisational functionality and
interdependencies of the different management information systems in banking and their
operational foundations (data and systems). They acquire the ability to interpret the
information from these systems and to use them for decision making. Students are
prepared to participate in projects addressing controlling issues in banks.
Learning goals
1
The students
? know relevant journals, Web pages and other sources of information within the field
of bank management and controlling, (SC, PC)
? can update their knowledge on these topics on their own, (SC, PC)
? know and understand different subsystems of a bank’s management information
system, (SPK, PC, PAC)
? apply funds transfer pricing to calculate the profitability of banking services and
interpret this approach appropriately, (SPK, PC, PAC)
? know how to account for risk in bank’s management accounting systems, and
understand the limitations of different approaches (SPK, PC, PAC)
? understand different systems of cost accounting for banks and apply them correctly
(SPK, PC, PAC)
? understand financial accounting systems of banks, including accounting policy and
the financial analysis of banks (SPK, PC, PAC)
? know further disclosure requirements for banks and understand the resulting
implications for the data warehouse of a bank, (SPK, PC, CI)
? apply general organisational principles to banking, (SPK, PC, PAC, CI)
? understand data requirements of current MIS and are prepared to assist in the
development of the necessary processes, (SPK, PC, PAC, )
? understand the IT architecture of a bank and how individual systems and projects fit
into it, (SPK, PC, PAC)
? know and apply concepts for the evaluation IT investments. (SPK, PC)
Learning content Goals, subsystems and management accounting systems for banks
? Goals and subfields of MIS in banks
? Funds transfer pricing
? Risk measurement and pricing
? Sales management systems
? Cost accounting systems for banks (activity based costing)
? Performance management and capital budgeting
? Budgeting in banks
? Data requirements
Financial accounting and reporting of banks
? Bank accounting (incl. accounting policy, financial analysis of banks)
? Disclosure requirements
? Rating agencys
19
Organisation of banks
? organisational structure
? organisation of processes
IT systems of banks
? Strategic importance of banking IT, strategic options
? IT architecture of banks
? Operational systems („core banking systems“): support/automation of business
processes. Functionality and requirements. Vendors.
? IT as an object of bank management (key performance indicators; objectives)
? Organisation of IT projects in banks
Extensions
? Specifics of stockbrokers, funds, pension funds, insurance companies
? International comparison
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Previous modules: Related Contents:
w1.BF
w1.FinAcc
w1.MAcc
Institutional foundations
Financial reporting
Controlling, financial accounting, cost
accounting systems.
Simultaneous modules: Related Contents:
w1.CFM
w1.PMOB
w1.OP
Risk management, risk controlling
Principles of organisation
Principles of process management, project
management
Subsequent modules: Related Contents:
w1.Int1_BF
w1.Int2_BF
w1.KM
Integration
Integration
Interrelation between lending business and
bank management (pricing, risk
management)
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Tutorial
Practical exercises
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Guest
speakers
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Individual lectures can be made compulsory. This will be announced at the beginning of
the semester. Such lectures are then a prerequisite for participation in the module exam.
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Class instruction (SWS / h)
Lecture 28 26 38
Seminar/exercises 28 30 30
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
1-2 Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Skript
Aufgabensammlung
Reader + additional materials (literature and links)
The module is based on publications and legal documents that are available in the
internet or in the online databases of the library. Otherwise, all material will be made
available at the start of the course.
Additional literature s.o.
20
Remarks Assignments will be given to individual students or group; these will be assessed
according to previously announced rules (pass/fail or grades). These assignments add
up to 1/3 of the module grade. Number and weighting of these assignments will be
announced at the start of the semester. Example: Analysis and presentation of a
software system for banks (“core banking system”).
Basic concepts are prepared during self-study time; they are then discussed in the
lecture, applied to examples and extended in tutorials using examples and problem sets.
Tutorials are accompanied by more assignments for self-study time, during which
lecturers may communicate via Moodle-forums.
Guest speakers may be invited for selected topics, usually to join the lecturer for part of
the lecture.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
21
Banking & Finance
Module description Banking & Finance
Module code w.1BF_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Roland Hofmann
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w1.BWL1, (Part: Financial Sector)
Aims Students gain an overview of the financial industry in general and in particular of the
banking sector. They know based on economic models and concepts how the financial
industry is built up and which business models are common in the industry. Further the
students get to know the connections between banking structure, banking regulation,
banking crisis and business models.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Realise based on basic economic concepts which they have learnt in Business
Administration specific questions of the financial industry. (SPK, REC)
? Understand the functionality of financial market participants, especially banks (SPK,
SC, REC)
? Analyse current topics based on theoretical models (SPK, PC, PAC, REC)
? Research the relevant expert literature (SPK, SC, REC)
? Apply their research knowledge based on specific questions and write an individual
work (self study). (SPK, SC, REC)
Learning content Content lecture:
? Industrial overview: financial industry, including chosen international organisations
? Business models and characteristics of the banking sector
? Theory of intermediation
? Market structure, structural change including national and international regulation
? Theory of regulation
? Financial market infrastructure including the the function of the Swiss National Bank
as liquidity supplier
? Private banking as the most important business model in Switzerland
? Alternative Investments (especially Hedge Funds)
? Financial stability
? Group works with annual reports of banks and insurances
? Group works with the regulation topics
? Guest lecture to specific topics
Self study (conducted)
? Individual work: free topic of the financial industry, including research and abstract of
3 papers within the respective topic (max. 3 pages, including summary)
Self study (individual)
? Given literature
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills Practice of the Research knowledge -
Business Administration (BWL) “Financial industry part / Strategic
Management
Mathematics Basic knowledge
22
Business Law Contract law, regulation law
Economics Function of the Central bank, basics of
micro- and macroeconomics
Princ. Strat. Mgt Competitive strategy, business models
Marketing Market segmentation
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
In general: none
Individual lectures can be made compulsory. This will be announced at the beginning of
the semester. Such lectures are then a prerequisite for participation in the module exam.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 44 80
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation 15 (pass/fail)
1 Paper (pass/fail)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script
- Bienert, Horst et al (2011): Foundations of bank management – a Swiss
introduction, comparis
- Howells/Bain (2008): The economics of money, banking and finance, Harlow,
Prentice Hall
- Other selected articels
Additional literature
Remarks Written end of module exam (90 minutes), (content: lecture notes and study of literature)
Individual work and presentation (pass/fail)
? A fail leads to mark 1 for the module
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
23
Business Combination
Module description Business Combination
Module code w.1BusCo
Degree program and
specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Vögele Oliver (voeg)
Deputy -
Prerequisites Successful completion of the assessment
Aims Students apply basic principles of Financial Accounting by means of complex questions and
problems. They establish a relation between their insights and their greater correlation. They
produce actively consolidated financial statements and judge these applying a framework
which was developed. Students understand current norms and guidelines and can apply them
on actual situations.
Learning goals
1
Students
? Understand character and aim of modern consolidation accounting (SPK)
? Can consolidate financial statements, income statements, cash flow statements (SPK, SC)
? Will be able to handle goodwill and can apply in accordance to rules and standards (SPK, CI,
PC)
? Know the principles of deferred taxes and foreign exchange calculations in consolidation
accounting (SPK, PC, SC)
? Interpret consolidated accounts of listed companies in different branches (SPK, CI, PAC,
REC)
? Can approach implementation concepts in a holistic way and connect them to other areas of
problems (CI, REC)
Learning content ? Principles of Consolidated Financial Statements
? Selected topics: Equity Accounting, Deferred taxes, Foreign Exchange, Cashflow Statements
? Goodwill Accounting & Purchase Price Allocation
? Consolidated Financial Statements Analysis
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Corporate Finance & Valuation
Financial Accounting
Valuation
Consolidated financial accounts (enhancement of
the basics)
Instruction mode (s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case Study
other forms:
Guided self-study
individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance (class
instruction only)
none
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study
Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 SWS / 56h 40h 84h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56h 40h 84h
24
Performance
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60 Minuten
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of
Instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
lecturer’s script
Behr, Giorgio; Leibfried, Peter: Rechnungslegung, 2. Auflage, Zürich 2009
Meyer, Conrad: Konzernrechnung, Zürich 2006
Additional literature Boemle, Max / Lutz, Ralf: Der Jahresabschluss, 5. Auflage, Zürich 2008
Coenenberg, Adolf G.: Jahresabschluss und Jahresabschlussanalyse, 20. Auflage, Stuttgart
2005
Gianini, Franz et. Al: Konzernrechnung und Konzernrechnungslegung, 3. Auflage, Zürich 2009.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
25
Business Cycle Analysis
Module description Business Cycle Analysis
Module code w.1KA
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit
Centre for Economic Policy
Module responsibility
Christian Müller
Deputy
Thomas Leu
Prerequisites w.vwl1-w.vwl3 or equivalent (eligibility to be approved by the lecturer)
Aims
The students are able to
? analyse the current state of the economy and determine its position in the business
cycle
? critically assess the potential economic policy measures for affecting the business
cycle
? apply theoretical and statistical tools for business cycle analysis.
Learning goals
1
The students
? understand the concept of business cycles (bc) [SPK]
? are able to identify business cycles according to the various definitions [PC, PAC]
? know, assess and evaluate bc indicators and their relevance [SC]
? know standard macroeconomic models for explaining business cycle fluctuations
[SC]
? can explain the relevance of bc for business and government [PC]
? evaluate the importance, limits and potentials of the Swiss debt brake [PC, REC]
? are able to link bc to fiscal and monetary policy [SPK, PC, CI, IMC]
? can explain the interrelatedness of the real, the banking, and the public sector within
bc [SC, IMC]
Learning content ? definitions of business cycles and growth
? Measurement of business cycles: Concepts and methods
? Examples of bc fluctuations: determination of business cycles using actual data
? National and international bc fluctuations: Convergence and divergence hypotheses
and their implications
? Sources of bc: theory and empirical evidence
? Bc and their relevance for policy making
? Countercyclical policy: fiscal policy
? Application: the Swiss debt brake
? Countercyclical policy: monetary policy
? The role of money, credit and central banks during bc
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1VWL 1, 2, 3, 4 Theory of economic fluctuations, economic
policy
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Guest
lectures, visit of mueseum
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
26
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 21 20
Seminar/exercises 7 20 22
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 45
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
1 Other: Optional seminar paper Approx. 12 pages
Language of instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Mankiw / Taylor (2011): Economics, 2nd ed., London, Cenage Learning
Additional literature
Abel, Bernanke, Croushore (2008), 6
th
edition, London, Pearson.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
27
Business Information Management
Module description Business Information Management
Module code w.1InfM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZWI
Module responsibility lrich Gysel (gysl)
Deputy Ulrich Gysel (gysl)
Prerequisites Basic knowledge in Business Administration as well as basic knowledge in Information
Systems.
Aims The students …
? can explain selected information technologies
? use the theoretically acquired knowledge practically
? understand, analyze and commentate on media reports with a strong focus on
information systems and information technologies
? develop a virtual (class) learning environment.
Learning goals
1
The students …
? show their knowledge in information and communication systems (SPK)
? explain the technical basis of information systems (SPK, PC)
? use knowledge tools in their daily work (PC)
? analyze business cases.(PAC)
Learning content ? See detailed plan.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
? Introduction in Business Administration ? All content
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance will be communicated separately.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28h 60h
Seminar/exercises 28h 64h
Practical work
Total 56h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
2 Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s)
English 6 Others: Online tasks variable
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
"Management Information Systems. Managing the digital firm" by Kenneth C. Laudon
/ Jane P. Laudon (Multimedia-) documents in „Moodle“
Additional literature
Remarks
28
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
29
Business in Emerging Markets
Module description Business in Emerging Markets – main focus on China and India
Module code w.1BusEM
Degree program and major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (Classroom hours per week)
3 2
Organizational unit CIB
Module responsibility René Rüttimann
Deputy Markus Prandini
Prerequisites Strategic Management / International Management
Aims The students understand the two largest emerging markets in the world with regarding to
their sourcing power but increasingly also as the world’s largest market potential – how
can 2.5 billion people be served!
Learning goals
1
The students
? Are aware of the potential these two countries develop to shape the future world
economy (SPK, IMC)
? Are able to understand the present situation based on the historical and
philosophical/ religious background of the two countries – intercultural management
(SPK, IMC)
? Know how in the past, multinational companies entered these two markets and
expanded their market share – key success factors (SPK)
? Know the national key players in selected industries and understand, why and how
large companies from China and India go global – enter the domain of the Western
markets (SPK, SC)
? Can evaluate the potential of these two countries for sourcing products and services
(PAC)
? Are able individually to develop a market entry strategy for midsize companies
adapted to the specific of their industries and markets (PC, IMC)
Learning content ? The potential of the Chinese and the Indian markets (present and future, when will
they peak)
? The development of the buying power of the middle class
? The future role of the two counties as the home of large MNE’s who will conquer
also the Western world
? Market entry - barriers, pitfalls, laws and regulations
? Market entry strategy for midsize companies
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging markets
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Asia Pacific
Intercultural management
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on other developing nations in the
area
Behavioral aspects
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
30
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
>80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) / group work 30 (per group)
15 (exploring the
findings with the class)
1 Written paper(s) / group work Background of the oral
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks The students should be interested in the international scope of the business now and
especially in the future of the two large future markets – openness to see the market
potential!
The module w.1BusEM is linked to the module Business in Emerging Markets – Field
Trip (w.1EMFT). Students who want to participate in the Field Trip (China or India) need
to participate in the module w.1BusEM. Some students will receive the opportunity to be
in the planning and preparing committee for the field trip.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
31
Consumer Behavior and Communication
Module description Consumer Behavior and Communication
Module code w.1KvK_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZMM
Module responsibility Cary Steinmann
Deputy Brian Rüeger
Prerequisites Principles of Marketing
Aims The students are aware of the importance of getting to know their customers in order to
derive specific marketing measures from this. They scientifically deal with consumer
behaviour as an individual as well as part of a group and are able to put methods and
tools into practice. They understand the meaning of marketing communication in
corporate management and are able to analytically capture, class and pragmatically
solve tasks related to marketing communication.
Learning goals
1
The students
- are able to describe the changes in consumer behaviour and the market(PC,
PAC, REK)
- understand the fundamentals of consumer behaviour and the implications for
the development of a communication strategy (REK, CC)
- develop an integrated understanding for communication (PC, CC)
- know and are able to apply the various steps needed to develop a
communication strategy (PC)
- are able to specifically position a product or company based on the analysis of
consumer behaviour (PAC)
- are able to plan and steer communication measures (PC)
Learning content Consumer behaviour
- psychology of buying
- processing of information by the consumer: buying as a process
- perception and learning of customers
- motivation and emotion of customers
- typology of customers
- the customer as a decision maker: individual decisions, situational influences,
bandwagon effect
Communication
- Connection between communication and consumer behaviour
- Introduction to communication
- Aim and target groups of communication
- Communication strategies
- Budgeting
- Operational application of communication tools
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Strategic Management
Principles of Marketing
Market research, marketing efficiency and
effectiveness
Corporate strategy
Marketing concept / marketing mix
Market research, marketing controlling
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Practical
presentations
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
32
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 40 84
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 40
1 Written paper(s) 60
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Michael R. Solomon / Gary Bamossy / Soren Askegaard / Margaret K. Hogg (2009).
Consumer Behaviour – A European Perspective.4th Edition.Harlow: Pearson Education /
FT Prentice Hall.
Additional literature Patrick De Pelsmacker / Maggie Geuens / Joeri Van Den Bergh (2010). Marketing
Communications: A European Perspective. 4th Edition. Harlow: Pearson Education / FT
Prentice Hall.
David Ogilvy (2007). Ogilvy on Advertising. New edition. London: Carlton Books
Remarks The exercise course focuses on selected topics and is not directly connected to the main
lectures.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
33
Corporate Finance & Risk Management
Module description Corporate Finance & Risk-Management
Module code w.1CFRM
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZAI
Module responsibility Marco Rüstmann
Deputy Peter Manz
Prerequisites Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis, Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Aims The students are proficient in the methodologies that are required to analyse
investments, corporate finance strategies, instruments for financing and the dividend
policy. They understand the regulatory framework for and the key principles of good risk
management and are able to asses the quality of a bank’s risk management
Learning goals
1
The students
? value cash flows (PV, NPV) to analyse the performance of key financial instruments
and investments. (PC, PAC)
? understand the critical judgments required in formulating a corporate finance
strategy and a dividend policy. They are able to analyse and solve related
cases.(SPK, PAC)
? apply their knowledge to develop solutions in liquidity management, M&A and
international financial management. (SPK; PAC)
? understand key risk categories for banks and key principles of modern risk
management (SPK, CI)
? are proficient in applying VaR in analysing portfolio returns.(PC, PAC)
? are able to assess the quality of a bank’s risk management based on Basel II
information from the annual report. (REC; CI)
Learning content ? Valuation methods
? Financial instruments and their valuation (Bonds, Equity; Options)
? Capital Budgeting (analysis, valuation, sensitivity analysis)
? Corporate financing and market efficiency
? Opportunity cost of capital (WACC)
? Capital structure and the company’s cost of capital
? Regulation of Risk Management for Banks
? Risk Governance and Asset-Liability Management
? Market risk and operational risk management
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Financial instruments and Portfolio
Management
Content:
Financial instruments, CAPM
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
34
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 56 68
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Watson, Head (2010). Corporate Finance – Principles & practice, 5th edition; Pearson,
Harlow
Crouhy, Galai, Mark; (2006). The Essentials of Risk Management; McGraw-Hill; New
York
Additional literature Bodi, Z., Kane, A., Marcus A. (2008). Essentials of Investment. 7th International Ed. New
York: McGrawHill
Volkart, R. (2008). Corporate Finance. Grundlagen von Finanzierung und Investition. 3.
Auflage. Zürich: Versus
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
35
Credit Management
Module description Credit Management
Module code w.1KM_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Horst Bienert
Prerequisites Assessment (particularly w.1FinAcc, w.1BWL1, w.1MAcc)
w.1BF, w.1Quant, w.1FI&Pft)
Aims The students have an overview of the credit business of banks and understand other
options for corporate finance. In addition, students should be able to adapt models and
concepts to specific credit business questions and solve specific problems. Students also
gain an overview of credit risk management, understand the most important approaches
to credit risk management, and are able to implement such measures independently.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Gain an overview of the Swiss credit market (SPK, REC)
? Analyze specific questions based on concepts (SPK, REC)
? Research the relevant expert literature (SPK; SC, REC)
Learning content 1) Gain an overview of the Swiss credit market
2) Understand the functionality of the credit market (practical case)
3) Theory and practice of the credit risk management process (practical case)
? Understand credit rating systems and individual central credit risk parameters
and apply these to calculate the credit.
? Know the most important credit rating systems such as KMV, Creditmetrics,
CreditRisk+
? Hedging and managing of credit risks
4) Micro finance as financing alternative in the Second and Third World
5) Exercises: (conducted and self-study):
? Formulate specific questions and answer these based on theoretical concepts
Examples of exercises:
? Adapt the theory of asymmetrical information on known credit products and
work out contracts
? Current issues, e.g. the credit crisis
? Approach: research the relevant expert literature.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills
Banking and Finance
Mathematics
Business Law
Corporate Finance and risk mgmt
Practical application of research knowledge
Overview of the banking business
Basic knowledge
Contract law, regulation law
Connection between risk management and
credit risk management
Instruction mode(s) In Class Instruction
Didactic teaching
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
36
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 32 30
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
1 Written paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of slides
Script
Crouhy, Michel / Galai, Dan / Mark, Robert (CGM): The essentials of Risk Management,
New York and others, McGraw-Hill 2006 (chapter om credit-risk)
Additional literature See above
Remarks Individual work (1/3 of the grade – equal to 1 ECTS)
End-of-module exam (lecture notes and study of literature – equal to 2 ECTS)
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
37
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module description Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Module code w.1DBusAP
Degree program and major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (Classroom hours per week)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility René Rüttimann
Deputy
Prerequisites Strategic Management
Aims The students understand the large market of the Asia Pacific Area (4 billion inhabitants)
- the historical developments, the present situation and the expected growth in the next
five to ten years.
The focus lies on the one hand on the potential for sourcing for Western companies, but
on the other hand increasingly on doing business there – exploring the potentials of the
local markets for Swiss/Western companies.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Acquire the basics of evaluation the different countries if the Asia Pacific Regions
with regard to their market, their political and social social situation, the standard of
the business relevant infrastructure and the potential for foreign products (SPK,
PAC)
? Know the underlying philosophical, ethical and religious background which
permeates most of these countries business behavior (SPK, SC)
? Are able to develop a business relevant framework for the whole area as well as for
individual countries (PAC)
? Know the basic analytical steps to enter the Asia Pacific area and develop strategies
for the most important countries (Asian Tigers, South Korea and Japan). In this class
China and India are excluded since they are dealt specifically in the class “Business
in Emerging Markets (SPK, PAC)
? Explore, what implications have the growing markets for Swiss/Western companies
who cater mainly to regional markets (PAC)
? Are able independently explore the potential of the Asian Pacific Countries for
potential expansion plans for midsize companies. (SPK, PAC, CI)
Learning content ? Key issues which determine the business dealings
? Philosophical background of the business ethic
? Theoretical concept to develop a company strategy to either source in the Asia
Pacific Area or to do business there
? Case studies based on current research activity or with guest speakers
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging markets
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Operations management
International Finance
Business in Emerging Markets
Intercultural management
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on China and India
Behavioral aspects
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
>80%
38
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 42 20
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) / group work 30 (per group)
15 (exploring the
findings with the class)
1 Written paper(s) / group work Background of the oral
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature The latest books and periodicals will be discussed and the reading part will be adjusted
according the topics of the individual classes
Remarks The students should be interested in the international scope of the business now and
especially in the future. The class will deal with economical, as well as educational and
cultural issues.
Exploration of the new markets stands in the foreground, especially from the standpoint
of Swiss/Western companies – strategic concepts.
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
39
Economic Globalization
Module description Economic Globalization
Module code w.1EG
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wrtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit ZWP
Module responsibility Armin Jans
Deputy Christian Berger
Prerequisites
w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, w.1VWL3 (for Business Law: w.1VWL1_BL, w.1VWL2_BL)
Aims The Students …
? explain the various aspects of economic globalization as an ongoing process using
economic tools
? explain the historical roots of economic globalization in the context of current developments
? recognize, consider, and evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of economic
globalization (in general and in relation to rich and poor countries)
Learning goals
1
The Students …
? are able to identify the various globalization processes and analyze these from an
economic perspective (PAC, REC, SC).
? are able to explain the historical development of economic globalization and are able to
understand current developments and issues and put these into a context (SPK, SC).
? are able to identify the advantages and disadvantages, and also winners and losers, of
economic globalization (SPK, REC, SSC).
? are able to critically debate arguments for and against economic globalization (REC, CI,
CC).
Learning content ? Global trade in goods and services, direct investments
? The role of the WTO and of regional integration blocks
? Historical development since 1500
? Measuring globalization (various concepts)
? Industrialization and internationalization strategies of emerging countries
? Criticism of globalization
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2 (resp. w.1VWL1_BL,
w.1VWL2_BL)
Customs and Contingents
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 14 21
Exercises 14 20 21
Practical work
Total 28 20 42
40
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
1 Paper(s) 15-20 pages by groups of 2
students
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Le Monde diplomatique, (2006). Atlas der Globalisierung. Edition 2.2, Berlin: TAZ
Additional literature Brakman, Garretsen, van Marrewijk, van Witteloostuijn (2006) Nations and Firms in the Global
Economy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Osterhammel Jürgen, Petersson Niels (2004) Geschichte der Globalisierung: Dimensionen,
Prozesse, Epochen, Edition 2.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
41
Economics 3
Module description Economics 3
Module code w.1VWL3_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZWP
Module responsibility Reto Schleiniger
Deputy Tilman Slembeck
Prerequisites Required Pflicht- und Wahlmodule: w.1VWL1, w.1VWL2, Math 1+ 2
Aims Students are able to
? graphically, analytically and verbally explain economic phenomena using simple
macroeconomic models;
? understand the most important statistical concepts in economics as well as their
interpretation and limits;
? assess, analyze and evaluate current events as well as economic policy measures
within a broad economic context.
The module imparts general economic knowledge and addresses several links between
macroeconomics and business administration (e.g. exchange rates, interest rates,
inflation, business cycles and business cycle policy)
Learning goals
1
Students …
? comprehend the goals of economic policy and their interrelations (SPC, PC)
? explain and interpret statistical economic data. (SPC, SC, PAC)
? relate long-run economic development to the economy's production function. (SPC,
PAC)
? analyze the significance of financial markets. (SPC, CI)
? describe the three functions of money and the causes of inflation and deflation as well
as the tasks and instruments of central banks. (SPC, PC)
? explain the determination of exchange rates under different regimes. (SPC)
? discern causes of business cycles and unemployment (SPC, PAC)
? assess the development of prices and interest rates. (REC)
? evaluate aims and instruments of fiscal and monetary policy and their interrelations
(SPC, REC)
Learning content ? economic policy: goals, measurement and control
? statistical concepts in economics (BNP, consumer price index, unemployment rate,
balance of payments)
? economic growth and its sources
? savings and investments – credit markets in closed and open economies
? money, inflation and its economic costs, monetary policy, the monetary concept of the
Swiss central bank
? labor markets, natural rate of unemployment, international trade, international capital
flows, currency markets, exchange rates, financial crises
? business cycles and business cycle policy, AD-AS-model, Phillips curve
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Business Administration and Marketing:
? Economic environment (long- and
short-run development)
? Banking + Finance: Economic
environment (long- and short-run
development), embedding of financial
markets into the overall economy,
currency markets, financial crises
The module is required for the following
modules:
? w.1VWL4 (Economics and Politics)
? Emerging markets
? Economic Globalisation
? European Integration
42
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work (e-learning)
Pair work
Group work
Simulation
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28
Seminar/exercises 28 44 52
Practical work
Total 56 44 80
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Mankiw, N. Gregory, Taylor, Mark P. (2010), Economics, London, Cengage Learning
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
43
Emerging Markets Field Trip
Module description Emerging Markets Field Trip
Module code w.1EMFT
Degree program and major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (Classroom hours per week)
3 No classroom hours during semester
Organizational unit CIB
Module responsibility René Rüttimann
Deputy Markus Prandini
Prerequisites Doing Business in Emerging Markets (w.1DBusEM)
Aims The students understand the visited emerging market out of their own experience
through on-site learning. They get an insight into the economical, business, social and
cultural world of the visited country. The understand, negotiate and communicate with
locals (business people, politicians etc.) as well as enhance their intercultural
competence and learning.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Experience the way of life through real on-site experience ((PC)
? Explore the cultural heritage and know how to integrate the findings into properly
doing business in the emerging market area ((CI, IMC)
? Are able to understand what makes Western multinational successful and how they
adapt to the local market (SPK)
? Are able to use the experience of successful Swiss companies and adapt their
strategies to midsize enterprises which also wish to do business abroad (PAC)
? Know how these countries can be used as sourcing areas (SPK)
? Understand the buying power of these countries as well as the market size of over 1
billion people (SPK)
? Learn the first steps to expand the business network to emerging markets (PC)
? Expand the horizon for the future professional career (LC, IMC)
Learning content ? The potential of the visiting countries – the growing market
? The environment of the visited countries - social, political, education, infrastructure,
etc.
? First learning steps in actual doing business there, visit companies, greeting
ceremonies etc.
? Insight knowledge of the companies visited – large Western multinationals, Swiss
companies, local SMEs and local MNEs
? Cultural aspects such as religion, philosophical background, temples and
monasteries well as important historical points
? Visit universities – learn about their potential for further studies
? Important institutions who support business efforts
? Personal contacts
? Guest speakers and case studies base on the present situation
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module:
Strategic Management
International Business
Doing Business in Emerging Markets
Operations Management
International Finance
Business in Asia Pacific
Intercultural Management
Content:
Strategic issues
Market entry barriers and steps to enter
Focus of the two largest future market
Sourcing process
Securing financial transactions
Focus on other developing nations in the
area
Behavioral aspects
44
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format (only a few hours)
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Field Trip to Emerging Market which will only take place during the Spring Semesters.
The actual trip will start in the third exam week and lasts about 14 days.
The students will pay for the trip themselves.
The module w.1EMFT is available only for Full-Time students.
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
Seminar/exercises 80 (Field Trip) 10 (Presentation)
Practical work
Total 80 10
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 35 (group work)
Written paper(s)
1 Other(s): Evaluation participation
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Journal articles about visited emerging market
Scientific studies about visited emerging market
Remarks The students need to be willing to learn first-hand the current and future developments of
the visited Emerging Market. The module requires an active participation while visiting
companies, listen to speeches, exploring historical sights and general activities to
understand the visited Emerging Market better. The students will have to deliver a group
presentation to a previously defined topic (related to the visited Emerging Market) during
the field trip.
Planned Field Trips:
Spring Semester 2012: South Korea / China
Spring Semester 2013: tbd
Spring Semester 2014: tbd
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
45
English 1
Module description Business English 1
Module code w.1EBO1
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 3
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Monica Neve
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites Admission to course of study:
Higher vocational diploma or A-levels /Matura equivalent
Cambridge First Certificate FCE or BEC Vantage, Level C/B
TOEFL Internet based 54-55
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR Level B2)
Bulats Test www.bulats.ch at level B2 (must be done in certified center)
Aims The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through active participation
in discussions and simulated meetings students can express their opinions fluently and
convincingly, contributing ideas and responding to them, using vocabulary and
grammatical structures at the level B2+ of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. In business writing, the students are able to write typical
emails of arrangement, enquiry and response to an enquiry. The students can
understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and interviews
which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to
? conduct simple business discussions (PC, CC)
? write emails dealing with such issues as: arranging a meeting, making enquiries
and responding to an email of enquiry (PC)
? understand a wide range of typical business texts, correspondence and reports
(PC, SPK)
? actively take part in discussions and express their opinions fluently and
convincingly (PC, CC, SSC)
? take part in a meeting – contributing ideas, responding to ideas (PC, CC, SSC)
? develop and apply effective study techniques for learning vocabulary (SPK)
? use a bilingual dictionary correctly (PC)
? improve their knowledge and use of grammar through self-study and classroom
work (SPK, PAC, REC)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom (PC)
? understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and
interviews which are delivered at natural speed (PAC, PC)
? relate their Business English knowledge to their core degree subjects (SPK,
REC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book plus texts
from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from the
students’ core degree subject material
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly typical business email
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through simulations of meetings, role plays and
discussions in business-related contexts
46
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills, Business Administration,
Communication 1
Presentations, rhetoric, communication,
business-related topics
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 24 24
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 24 24
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation, Simulated meeting
(collaborative task)
30-35
2 Compulsory Task: Writing 45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script including Text Bank
Michael Duckworth & Rebecca Turner (2008). Business Result Upper-Intermediate.
Oxford: OUP.
Paul Emmerson (2010). Business Grammar Builder, 2nd Edition, Intermediate to Upper-
intermediate. Macmillan.
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
47
English 2
Module description Business English 2
Module code w.1EBO2
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 3
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Patrik Fischli
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites w.1EBO1
Cambridge First Certificate FCE/BEC Vantage, Grade A
Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English (CAE/BEC Higher), Grade C
TOEFL Internet based 74
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) Level C1
Bulats Test www.bulats.ch at level C1 (must be done in certified center)
Aims w.1EBO2 follows on from Business Communication 1
The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work and in their 5-minute presentations on business related topics the
students can express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases
and grammatical structures at the level B2++ of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. In their writing, the students are able to write short business
reports, using layout and language appropriate to text type and according to task. The
students can understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and
interviews which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to
? prepare and give a well-structured 5-minute presentation on a business-related
topic (PC)
? express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner
(PC and especially also SPK)
? voice their opinions and defend their own points of view in a competent manner
(PC and SPK)
? conduct short negotiations (PC)
? express themselves convincingly, both formally and informally, adapting their style
according to their audience (PC)
Within the context of the learning goals mentioned above, students also develop their
communication competence (CC) as well as their leadership competence (LC).
? understand a wide range of typical business texts, correspondence and reports
(SPK and PC)
? understand the most important points made in discussions, meetings and
interviews, which are delivered at a natural speed (PAC and SSC)
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual
level (SPK)
? apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately (SPK)
? develop effective self-study techniques for grammar learning and vocabulary
consolidation (PAC and REC)
? write basic business reports (SPK and CI)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom (special focus on SSC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading comprehension using texts from the course book plus texts
from a bank of business-related texts, a number of which are taken directly from the
students’ core degree subject material
48
? Writing workshops: development of writing skills, particularly typical business report
writing
? Development of listening skills using authentic audio material
? Development of business vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions
? Revision and practice of important grammatical structures
? Development of speaking skills through role plays and discussions in business-
related contexts
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Skills, Business Administration,
Communication 2
Presentations, summarizing, rhetoric,
Business-related topics
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 24 24
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 24 24
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Compulsory Task: Presentation 5
1 Compulsory Task: Writing &
Vocabulary
45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script including Text Bank
Michael Duckworth & Rebecca Turner (2008). Business Result Upper-Intermediate.
Oxford: OUP.
Michael Duckworth (2005). Business Grammar and Practice. Oxford: OUP.
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
49
English 3
Module description Advanced Business English 1
Module code w.1EBO3
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management in Law (SWR)
Module responsibility Judi Macmillan
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites w.1EBO2
Proficiency, Grade C
Cambridge Advanced English or Cambridge BEC Higher, Grade B
TOEFL internet-based 110
Any other internationally accredited Certificates on C1-C2 Level
Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR Level C1-C2)
Bulats Test www.bulats.ch at level C1-C2 (must be done in certified center)
Aims w.1EBO3 follows on from Business English 2
The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work in class and in their 2-minute talks the students can express their
opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases and grammatical structures
at the level C1 of the Common European Framework of References for Languages. In
their writing, students are able to write full and detailed business reports, using layout
and language appropriate to text type and according to task. Students will also be able to
write effective business emails, recognizing appropriate register according to context.
Students can understand most points made in discussions, meetings and interviews
which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to:
? prepare and give a well-structured 2-minute talk using no notes or visuals (PC and
CC)
? express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner (PC,
SPK and CC)
? voice their opinions and defend their points of view in a competent and convincing
manner (PC, SPK and CC)
? adapt their style according to their audience (PC and CC)
? understand a wide range of business texts, correspondence and reports (SPK and
PC)
? understand points made in discussions, meetings and interviews which are delivered
at a natural speed (PAC and SSC)
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
(SPK)
? apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately (SPK)
? develop effective self-study techniques for language learning and consolidation
(PAC and REC)
? write full business reports and emails that are appropriate to context (SPK and CI)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom ( special focus on SSC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading skills through a variety of business texts topics such as:
training; energy; marketing; employment trends; the future of work; business ethics.
? Writing workshops: development of report writing skills
? Development of listening skills through authentic and semi-authentic audio material
? Development of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions related to
Business English
? Revision and practice of advanced business vocabulary and grammar
50
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business related
contexts
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.STM1
w.BWL1/2
Strategic Management, Business
Administration 1/2
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 34 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 2
2 Paper(s) 90
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Iwonna Dubicka and Margaret O’Keeffe. Market Leader Advanced Business English
Course Book. Pearson Longman, 2011.
ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
John Rogers, Market Leader Advanced Business English Practice File. Pearson
Longman 2011.
ISBN: 978-1-4082-3704-5
Additional literature Michael Duckworth (2003). Business Grammar and Practice. Oxford: OUP.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
51
English 4
Module description Advanced Business English 2
Module code w.1EBO4
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law (SWR)
Module responsibility Tessa Meuter
Deputy Nico Spahn
Prerequisites w.1EBO3
Aims w.1EBO4 follows on from w.1EBO3
The students are able to read and understand a wide variety of texts which are related to
their Business English topics plus their core degree subjects. Through frequent
discussion work in class and in their collaborative speaking task the students can
express their opinions fluently and convincingly, using vocabulary, phrases and
grammatical structures at the level C1 of the Common European Framework of
References for Languages. In their writing, students are able to write a summary and
conclusion from a strategy meeting using layout and language appropriate to text type
and according to task. Students will also be able to write short reports based on graphic
input, such as a bar chart or a pie chart. Students can understand most points made in
discussions, meetings and interviews which are delivered at natural speed.
Learning goals
1
Students are able to:
? take part in a collaborative speaking exercise based on a strategy meeting where
they must express opinion, negotiate, argue and discuss (PC and CC)
? express agreement and discuss differences of opinion in a constructive manner (PC,
SPK and CC)
? voice their opinions and defend their points of view in a competent and convincing
manner (PC, SPK and CC)
? conduct negotiations (PC and CC)
? adapt their style according to their audience (PC and CC)
? understand a wide range of business texts, correspondence and reports (SPK and
PC)
? understand points made in discussions, meetings and interviews which are delivered
at a natural speed (PAC and SSC)
? generate vocabulary lists that are useful learning tools for them at an individual level
(SPK)
? apply their business vocabulary confidently and appropriately (SPK)
? develop effective self-study techniques for language learning and consolidation
(PAC and REC)
? write a summary and conclusion from a strategy meeting plus short reports based on
graphic input (SPK and CI)
? apply what they learn inside the classroom to their work and study outside the
Business English classroom ( special focus on SSC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of reading skills through a variety of business texts topics such as:
finance and banking; consultants; strategy; doing business online; project
management.
? Writing workshops: development of paragraph writing, summary and short report
writing skills
? Development of listening skills through authentic and semi-authentic audio material
? Development of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions related to
Business English
? Revision and practice of advanced business vocabulary and grammar
? Development of speaking skills through role play and discussions in business related
52
? contexts
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.STM1
w.BWL1/2
Strategic Management
Business Administration 1/2
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 34 28
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 5
2 Paper(s) each 45
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Market Leader Advanced Coursebook by Iwonna Dubicka and Margaret O’Keeffe
(Pearson Longman) ISBN: 978-1-4082-3703-8
Market Leader Advanced Practice File with CD by John Rogers (Pearson Longman)
ISBN: 978-1-4082-3704-5
Additional literature Michael Duckworth (2003). Business Grammar and Practice. Oxford: OUP.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
53
English for Critical Communication
Module description A critical thinking course for upper-intermediate and advanced learners of English
Module code w.1ECC
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations No end-of-module exam: coursework only
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Rupert Taylor (torr)
Deputy n/a
Prerequisites Higher vocational diploma or A-levels equivalent
English at level B2-C2 (IELTS 5-8.5, Cambridge FCE or BEC Vantage to Proficiency)
This course is not suitable for English native speakers.
Aims Students successfully completing this course will:
? Have a set of mental and linguistic tools which allow them to take and express a
critical view of the ideas, individuals and organizations influencing their lives
through business, politics and current affairs.
? Deepen their critical knowledge of one organization and one issue of interest to
them.
? Understand the meanings of sustainability, both in general and as it applies to a
concept of their choice in particular.
Learning goals
1
In response to material in written, spoken, audio or video form, students are able to:
Use quotation correctly
? Cite sources without plagiarism
? Identify and report the scope of an information source
? Infer implicit meaning
? Point out what relevant information has been omitted from an information
source
? Correctly and perceptively express connections between ideas
? Dissect and evaluate an argument
? Evaluate an explanation
? Identify bias in information sources
In face to face meetings, students are able to:
? Interrupt and prevent interruption
? Seek and provide clarification
? Make and respond to suggestions
? Cross-question an informant
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Critical thinking tools are presented to the students one by one.
? Students practice using each tool in controlled conditions in class.
? Students’ ability to use these tools is tested interactively via Moodle.
? Students carry out autonomous research in order to apply the tools to subjects
of their choice in two extended written assignments.
? Students hold meetings to support and troubleshoot each other’s research.
? Students attend and evaluate a presentation by a sustainability expert to help
them choose a theme for their second extended written assignment.
? Products of the students’ research receive detailed feedback from the instructor
and from peers.
Links to other modules This module is linked to the school-wide program of events marking the World Expo 2012
in Yeosu, Korea. Of the two major written tasks which students produce, the first will be
exemplified using a Korean company and the second will take sustainability as its theme.
Sustainability will be explored with the help of a visiting lecturer and through autonomous
self-study.
54
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Multimedia interactive content delivered
via Moodle
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for meetings according to lesson plan.
100% classroom attendance is strongly recommended.
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 2 SWS / 24h 30h 36h
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 2 SWS / 24h 30h 36h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
2 Research papers Seven weeks (c.18 hrs)
per paper
2 Meetings 30 minutes each
8 Online quizzes / short written tasks 30 minutes each
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
55
Financial and Asset Management
Module description Financial and Asset Management
Module code w.1FAM
Degree program and
its specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 vom 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
3 2
Organizational unit ZRI
Module responsibility Daniel Greber
Deputy Angela Zeier
Prerequisites All modules oft he assessments; w.1RI, w.1PrM, w.1VR1, w.1VR2, w.1CM, w.1Vtr, w.1MUV,
w.1Int1_RI
Aims The students will get an overview of Asset management in the insurance industry.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? Calculate fixed income and option prices, rates of return and risk
? Evaluate stocks and fixed income instruments
? Understand essential strategies of portfolio theory
? Distinguish insurance-related elements o fasset management
? Know the important regulations in respect of VAG und VVG
Learning content ? Grundlagen des Asset Managements, Portfoliotheorie und gebundenes Vermögen
? Spezifikas Asset Liability Management in der Versicherung (AHV, IV,
Einzellebensversicherungen, Nichtlebensversicherungen, Kollektivversicherung)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: w.1MaBO1/w.1MaBO2 Content: Priciples of mathematics
Module: w.1Stat Content: Principles
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projekts
Case Study
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 28 34
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 28 34
Performances
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Schriftliche Prüfung(en) 60
Mündliche Prüfung(en)
Referat/mündliche
Präsentation(en)
Schriftliche Arbeit(en)
Weitere:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additionale literature tbd
Remarks None
56
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
57
Financial Instruments and Portfolio Theory
Module description Financial Instruments & Portfolio Theory
Module code w.1FIPT_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Thomas Gramespacher
Prerequisites w1.MaBO1, w1.MaBO2, w1.Stat, w1.BF
Aims The students understand the risk and return profile of different financial instruments as
components of a successful investment process. They know the importance of the
concept of portfolios compared to single asset strategies. They understand the use of a
reasonable implementation of diversified portfolios and its effect on risk and return.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? compute bond prices (SPK, PC)
? determine the risk of bonds using duration (SPK, PAC)
? know the importance of the term structure of interest rates for the valuation of bonds
(SPK, REC, CI)
? value equity returns ex-post and ex-ante (SPK)
? name the relevant factors for option prices (SPK, PC)
? compute option prices using the formula of Black and Scholes (SPK, PAC)
? show basic option strategies (SPK, PAC)
? understand the execution and pricing of futures (SPK, PAC)
? define complete portfolios accordingto the investors readiness to assume risk (PAC,
REC)
? split total risk into firm-specific and market risk (SC)
? apply covariance and variance (SPK, SC)
? compute return and risk of a two-asset portfolio (SPK, PC)
? explain the mean-variance criterion and the efficient frontier (SPK, REC, SC)
? understand the formation of prices in an equilibrium model (SPK, SC)
? use core results like Capital-market-line (CML) and security-market-line (SML) (PC)
Learning content ? Pricing of bonds including the concept of duration and convexity
? Term structure of interest rates
? Historical stock returns
? Ex-ante valuation of stock
? Derivative instruments: options and futures
? Complete portfolios and Capital Asset Line
? Efficient diversification
? Risk and return of a portfolio
? Minimum variance (MVP) and Optimal portfolio
Capital Asset pricing Model (CAPM) including Capital-market-line (CML) and Security-
market-line (SML)
? Treynor and Sharpe Ratio, Jensens alpha
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MaBO1&2
w.1MaBO2
w.1Stat
w.1Quant
w.1BF
w.1Aim
w.1KM
w.1CFRM
Algebra, equations, functions
Differential calculus
Variance, covariance,
correlation/regression
Theoretical foundations
Overview financial markets
Active and passive portfolio management
CAPM, shortfall risk, Value-at-Risk CAPM
58
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Didactic teaching
Tutorial
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 56 68
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Bodi, Z., Kane, A., Marcus A. (2008). Essentials of Investment. 7
th
International Ed.
New York: McGrawHill
PowerPoint slides
Supplementary exercises
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
59
German Advanced
Name German Advanced
Code w.1GerA_Inc
Degree and Major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Study Regulation ZHAW Bachelor Degree 09
Validity Appendix dated 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS WS G WS K # Klassen / G
3 2 1
Unit Responsible SGL 6201
Person Responisble A. Schürer
Deptuy
Erforderliche Vorkenntnisse German language ability at B1 level
Goals: Degree and Major n/a
Mission related Skills and
Abilities
The module serves to improve aspects of:
Practical Knowledge
Generalist Knowledge
Specialist Knowledge
Interdisciplinary Thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical Thinking
Method Competence
Academic Competence
Communication Skills
Social Skills
Cross-functional Thinking
Leadership
Character Development
Individual Responsibility
International Thinking / Multicultural Competence
Objective The students acquire advanced knowledge and skills in grammar, written and oral
communication in High German at vantage level (CEF B2/C1)
They can understand the main ideas of complex text on both concrete and abstract
topics, including technical discussions in their field of specialisation. Can interact with a
degree of fluency and spontaneity that makes regular interaction with native speakers
possible without strain for either party. Can produce clear, detailed text on a wide range of
subjects and explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the advantages and
disadvantages of various options.
Learning Goals 1. Reception:
1.1 Listening
The students can understand extended speech (e.g. lectures) even when it is not clearly
structured and when relationships are only implied and not signalled explicitly. They can
understand television programmes and films without too much effort.
1.2 Reading
The students can understand long and complex factual and literary texts, appreciating
distinctions of style. They can understand specialised articles and longer technical
instructions, even when they do not relate to their field.
2. Interaction:
2.1. Spoken Interaction
The students can express themselves fluently and spontaneously without much obvious
searching for expressions. They can use language flexibly and effectively for social and
professional purposes. They can formulate ideas and opinions with precision and relate
their contribution skilfully to those of other speakers
2.2. Written Interaction
The students can express themselves with clarity and precision, relating to the addressee
flexibly and effectively in an assured, personal, style.
3. Production:
3.1. Spoken
The students can present clear, detailed descriptions on a wide range of subjects related
60
to their field of interest. They can explain a viewpoint on a topical issue giving the
advantages and disadvantages of various options.
3.2. Written
The students can express themselves in clear, well-structured text, expressing points of
view at some length. They can write detailed expositions of complex subjects in an essay
or a report, underlining what they consider to be the salient issues. They can write
different kinds of texts in a style appropriate to the reader in mind.
Content Language
? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Links to other modules
Module: Content:
Teaching approach Contact study
Lectures
Simulation
Projects
Case Study
Other forms: Presentations
Self Study
Individual Assignments
Dyads
Group Work
Required Presence 80%
Structure of Instruction
Contact study Guided self-study Independent Self-study
Lecture
Exercises 28 52 10
Practicum
Total
Grading Nrl Tyoe Duration (Min.)
Written Exam(s)
Oral Exam(s)
Presentations
Written Assignment(s)
Other:
Language of Instruction German
Instructional Materials Handouts and work sheets
Supplemental Literature Michaela Perlmann-Balme, Susanne Schwalb, 2008, em Hauptkurs Mittelstufe, Max
Hueber Verlag
Friedrich Clamer, Erhard G. Heilmann,2007, Übungsgrammatik, Liebaug-Dartma
Comments High degree of student participation and activity.
Numerous topical articles and materials will be distributed throughout the module.
61
German Beginners
Name German Beginners
Code w.1GerB_Inc
Degree and Major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Study Regulation ZHAW Bachelor Degree 09
Validity Appendix dated 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS WS G WS K # Klassen / G
3 2 1
Unit Responsible SGL 6201
Person Responisble A. Schürer
Deptuy
Pre-requisites None
Goals: Degree and Major n/a
Mission related Skills and
Abilities
The module serves to improve aspects of:
Practical Knowledge
Generalist Knowledge
Specialist Knowledge
Interdisciplinary Thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical Thinking
Method Competence
Academic Competence
Communicatiion Skills
Social Skills
Cross-functional Thinking
Leadership
Character Development
Individual Responsibility
International Thinking/ Multicultural Competence
Objective The students acquire basic knowledge and skills in grammar, written and oral
communication in High German at breakthrough level (CEF A1)
They can understand and use familiar everyday expressions and very basic phrases
aimed at the satisfaction of needs of a concrete type; can introduce themselves and
others and can ask and answer questions about personal details such as where they
lives, people they knows and things they have. They can interact in a simple way
provided the other person talks slowly and clearly and is prepared to help.
Learning Goals 1. Reception:
1.1 Listening
The students can understand phrases and the highest frequency vocabulary related to
areas of most immediate personal relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family
information, shopping, local geography, employment). They can catch the main point in
short, clear, simple messages and announcements.
1.2 Reading
The students can read very short, simple texts. I can find specific, predictable
information in simple everyday material such as advertisements, prospectuses, menus
and timetables and they can understand short simple personal letters.
2. Interaction:
2.1. Spoken Interaction
The students can interact in a simple way provided the other person is prepared to
repeat or rephrase things at a slower rate of speech and help me formulate what I'm
trying to say. They can ask and answer simple questions in areas of immediate need or
on very familiar topics.
2.2. Written Interaction
The students can write a short, simple postcard, for examples sending holiday greetings.
They can fill in forms with personal details, for example entering my name, nationality
and address on a hotel registration form.
62
3. Production:
3.1. Spoken Production
The students can use simple phrases and sentences to describe where they live and
people they know. They can use a series of phrases and sentences to describe in
simple terms their family and other people and living conditions.
3.2. Written Production
The students can write a series of simple phrases and sentences linked with simple
connectors like „and", „but“ .
Content Language
? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Links to other modules
Module:
Content:
Teaching approach Contact study
Lectures
Simulation
Projects
Case Study
Other forms: Presentations
Self Study
Individual Assignments
Dyads
Group Work
Required Presence 80%
Structure of Instruction
Contact study Guided self-study Independent Self-study
Lecture
Exercises 28 52 10
Practicum
Total
Grading Nrl Tyoe Duration (Min.)
Written Exam(s)
Oral Exam(s)
Presentations
Written Assignment(s)
Other:
Language of Instruction German
Instructional Materials Handouts and work sheets
Supplemental Literature Bovermann, Monika, Penning, Sylvette und Specht ,Franz :2007. Schritte 1.Max Hueber
Verlag;
Aufderstrasse, H, Bock, H. Eisfeld, K-H 2007. Themen 1, Max Hueber Verlag
Comments High degree of student participation and activity.
Numerous topical articles and materials will be distributed throughout the module.
63
German Intermediate
Name German Intermediate
Code w.1GerI_Inc
Degree and Major BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Study Regulation ZHAW Bachelor Degree 09
Validity Appendix dated 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS WS G WS K # Klassen / G
3 2 1
Unit Responsible SGL 6201
Person Responisble A. Schürer
Deptuy
Prerequisites None
Goals: Degree and Major n/a
Mission related Skills and
Abilities
The module serves to improve aspects of:
Practical Knowledge
Generalist Knowledge
Specialist Knowledge
Interdisciplinary Thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical Thinking
Method Competence
Academic Competence
Communication Skills
Social Skills
Cross-functional Thinking
Leadership
Character Development
Individual Responsibility
International Thinking / Multicultural Competence
Objective The students acquire advanced knowledge and skills in grammar, written and oral
communication in High German at vantage level (CEF B1/B2)
They can understand the main points of clear standard input on familiar matters regularly
encountered in work, school, leisure, etc. They can deal with most situations likely to arise
whilst travelling in an area where the language is spoken. They can produce simple
connected text on topics, which are familiar, or of personal interest. They can describe
experiences and events, dreams, hopes & ambitions and briefly give reasons and
explanations for opinions and plans.
Learning Goals 1. Reception:
1.1 Listening
The students can understand the main points of clear standard speech on familiar matters
regularly encountered in work, school, leisure, etc. They can understand the main point of
many radio or TV programmes on current affairs or topics of personal or professional
interest.
1.2 Reading
The students can understand texts that consist mainly of high frequency everyday or job-
related language. They can understand the description of events, feelings and wishes in
personal letters. They can read articles and reports concerned with contemporary problems
in which the writers adopt particular stances or viewpoints.
2. Interaction:
2.1. Spoken Interaction
The students can deal with most situations likely to arise whilst travelling in an area where
the language is spoken. They can enter unprepared into conversation on topics that are
familiar, of personal interest or pertinent to everyday life (e.g. family, hobbies, work, travel
and current events).
2.2. Written Interaction
The students can write personal letters describing experiences and impressions and also
letters highlighting the personal significance of events and experiences.
64
3. Production:
3.1. Spoken Production
The students can connect phrases in a simple way in order to describe experiences and
events, my dreams, hopes & ambitions. They can briefly give reasons and explanations for
opinions and plans. They can narrate a story or relate the plot of a book or film and
describe my reactions.
3.2. Written Production
The students can write straightforward connected text on topics, which are familiar, or of
perrsonal interest.
Content Language
? Grammar
? Vocabulary building
? Conversational situations
? Presentations
? Reading and listening comprehension
Links to other modules
Module:
Content:
Teaching approach Contact study
Lectures
Simulation
Projects
Case Study
Other forms: Presentations
Self Study
Individual Assignments
Dyads
Group Work
Required Presence 80%
Structure of Instruction
Contact study Guided self-study Independent Self-
study
Lecture
Exercises 28 52 10
Practicum
Total
Grading Nrl Tyoe Duration (Min.)
Written Exam(s)
Oral Exam(s)
Presentations
Written Assignment(s)
Other:
Language of Instruction German
Instructional Materials Handouts and work sheets
Supplemental Literature Perlmann-Balme, M., Schwalb, S., Weers, D., 2008. em Brückenkurs Mittelstufe, Max
Hueber Verlag
Friedrich Clamer, F., Heilmann, E., 2007. Übungsgrammatik, Liebaug-Dartmann Verlag
Hartmut Aufderstrasse, Heiko Bock, Karl-Heinz Eisfeld. 2007 Themen 3, Max Hueber
Verlag
Comments High degree of student participation and activity.
Numerous topical articles and materials will be distributed throughout the module.
65
Global Marketing Management for Incomings
Module description Global Marketing Management for Incomings
Module code w.1GMM_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations: Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
2
SWS G
3
SWS K
4
# classes/G
5
6 4 1 2
Organizational unit Center for Marketing Management
Module responsibility Thomas Kähr
Deputy Brian Rüeger
Prerequisites
Knowledge of marketing fundamentals
Degree program goals Goals of the degree program and its specialties
To be defined and added in due time (in
accordance with AACSB requirements)
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims The students understand the key tasks for marketing products and services on a global scale
and can apply a structured analysis to real life cases.
Learning goals Students are able to:
? Analyse problems in international marketing
? Identify marketing aspects in the international environment
? Understand the challenges of international marketing
? Improve English marketing skills
Learning content ? Introduction: What is global marketing?
? Decision: Internationalisation yes or no?
? Market selection
? Strategy of market entry (e.g. Joint Venture, FDI etc.)
? Design the marketing mix
? Organisation of marketing structure
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
w.1
w.1
w.1
International Business
Strategic Management
Fundamentals of Marketing
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
2
SWS: hours per semester week. 1 SWS = usually 45 minutes
3
SWS G: hours per semester, class size: large
4
SWS K: hours per semester, class size: small
5
# classes/G: max. number of classes jointly attending a large class
66
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 84h 40h
Exercises
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 84h 40h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction German / English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Bradley, F. International Marketing Strategy, Fifth Edition.Cateora and Graham. International
Marketing, 12
th
Edition
Kotler,P. Marketing Management, 10
th
Edition
Remarks The module includes many concrete business examples to illustrate the practical side of Global
Marketing Management.
67
Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Module description Innovation Management and Entrepreneurship
Module code w.1InE_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Strategy & Operations
Module responsibility Herbert Wattenhofer
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites w.1PrSTM, w.1ASM
Aims The students are able to understand and to evaluate important stages in the
development of a company by applying common business concepts, starting with a
business idea, to the foundation of a company, till its growth. By applying appropriate
methods in the different phases, they learn about the possibilities and limitations of these
methods.
Ultimately, students should be encouraged to become entrepreneurs themselves.
Learning goals
1
The students ...
? identify business and innovation opportunities while using the components of
business models (customer segments, value proposition, revenue model, value
architecture) (SPK, CI)
? develop an integrated business concept in more details and in all consequences
(PC, REC, CI)
? develop suitable alternatives for the continued growth of a company (PC, REC, CI)
Learning content (a) Field of Innovation: Understanding business innovation and seeking business
opportunities
? The imperative of Innovation for competitive advantage and long-term success
? Basic concepts of innovation management: success factors, models, strategies,
processes, systems
? Sources of business opportunities and innovation
? Identification and development of new product / service innovations: creativity
methods, ideation, QFD, time-to-market, target costing, value engineering etc.
? Actual approaches in innovation management: open innovation, technology
intelligence, strategic foresight, design driven innovation etc.
? Innovation cycles
(b) Field of Entrepreneurship: Developing and realizing business concepts
? The nature of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneur
? Instruments and platforms of entrepreneurial activities
? Business plans and the precursors
? Business model and business plan development
? Formation of a company and its obstacles
? Market size and strategies of market introduction
? Financing and financial planning of ventures
? Legal considerations of business formation
? Protection of knowledge and intellectual property
? Development of exit and/or growth strategies - value capturing
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1PrSTM Principles of Strategic Mgmt
w.1ASM Advanced Strategic Management
? Environmental Analysis
? Strategic options and their
assessment
? Growth Strategies
? Innovation (Case)
? Entrepreneurship (Case)
68
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Practical
presentations
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 8
Seminar/exercises 28 8
Practical work 40 68
Total 56 40 84
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 30
2 Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature - Tidd, Joe/Bessant, John (2009). Managing Innovation. 4th ed. Chichester: Wiley.
- Kaplan, Jack M./Warren, Anthony C. (2010). Patterns of Entrepreneurship
Management. 3rd ed. Chichester: Wiley.
- Osterwalder, A./Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business Model Generation. 1st ed. Chichester:
Wiley.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
69
Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module description Intercultural Management for Incomings
Module code w.1IcM_Inc
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility Dr. Petra Barthelmess
Deputy Prof. Samuel van den Bergh
Prerequisites Sound knowledge of English
Knowledge of general management; interest in international management
Aims This module aims to encourage students to:
- understand culture’s impact on human behaviors and how cultural values and
communication styles influence international business.
- foresee the dilemmas of global managers and prepare themselves accordingly.
- helps students to make the most out of their stay abroad.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? Recognize, respect and reconcile intercultural conflicts and create synergy out of
diversity. (PC)
? Understand culturally and socially diverse employees and how to overcome cultural
barriers in the organizational setting, e.g. after mergers, fusions, in joint-ventures
(IMC)
? Reflect and build on personal experience through an in-depth, rigorous exploration
of current theory and practice in the field. Analyze their own culturally conditioned
behaviors and behavioral changes within cultural contexts. (REC, SSC)
? Develop job-specific cultural skills (IMC, PC)
? Learn to differentiate between description, interpretation and evaluation (SC)
? Learn new skills relevant to building successful relationships at an operational level
with international partners (PAC, IMC)
? Share specific experience with students from other countries (REC)
Learning content ? Intercultural management
? Communication styles across cultures
? Cultural dimensions – Value-orientation
? Critical incidents and reconciliation
? Cultural awareness and self-reflection
? Cross-cultural communication
? Diversity management
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Contents(s):
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
70
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 42 48 90
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 42 48 90
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation 20
Written paper(s) 5 pages summary of
presentation
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Riding The Waves of Culture: Understanding Diversity in Global Business
Charles Hampden-Turner / Fons Trompenaars
McGraw-Hill; 2 edition (1997)
ISBN-13: 978-0786311255
Building Cross-Cultural Competence: How to Create Wealth from Conflicting Values
Charles Hampden-Turner / Fons Trompenaars / David Lewis
Yale University Press (2000)
ISBN-13: 978-0300084979
The Global M&A Tango: How to Reconcile Cultural Differences in Mergers, Acquisitions,
and Strategic Partnerships
Trompenaars Fons / Asser Maarten Nijhoff
Mcgraw Hill (2010)
ISBN-13: 978-0071761154
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
71
International Business
Module description International Business
Module code w.1IBus_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility Prof. Dr. Markus Prandini
Deputy Peter Qvist-Sorensen
Prerequisites ? Einführung BWL
? Grundlagen des Marketing
? Principles of Strategic Management
? Advanced Strategic Management
Aims This module provides a systematic introduction to concepts and thinking of international
business. The module focuses on cross-border economic activity which involves all
commercial transactions between individuals, private organizations and governments
across two or more countries. Furthermore does the module integrate analysis of the
competitive environment and the internal resources of the firm to provide a strategic view
of international business.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? understand how the international business environment impacts on the operations of
an international firm (SPK / CI)
? understand differences in business systems and what they mean to international
firms (SPK / CI)
? analyze a nation's or industry's competitiveness (PC / PAC)
? analyze a firm's strategic position and recognize international opportunities and
threats (PC / PAC / CI)
? develop international strategies and the necessary organizational structures and
processes (PC / PAC)
? understand the effects of cultural differences on international business (SPK / REC /
IMC)
? understand the effects of international activities on the firm's value chain (SPK / IMC)
? understand the risks associated with international operations (SPK / PAC)
? apply the basic concepts with regard to doing business in select regions of the world
(PC / PAC)
Learning content ? The World of International Business
? The Environment of International Business
? International Business Systems and Competitiveness
? Multinational Enterprises (MNE) and Small and Medium International Enterprises
(SMIE)
? International Business Strategy
? Internationalization and Foreign Market Entry
? The Role of Emerging Markets
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Contents(s):
Einführung BWL
Grundlagen des Marketing
VWL 1/2/3
Wirtschaftsrecht
Principles of Strategic Management
Advanced Strategic Management
Finance (Fin. and Mgmt. Accounting)
72
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 64 60
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 64 60
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam (Individual Grading,
60%)
120
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation (Team Grading,
40%)
15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
International Business (5 edition, 2008)
Alan M. Rugman / Simon Collinson
Financial Times: Prentice Hall; Language English
ISBN-13: 978-0273716549
Additional literature See Moodle
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
73
International Negotiation for Incomings
Module description International Negotiation for Incomings
Module code w.1INO_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
only for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
RPO and SO Dept. W of 29.01.2009 (Bachelor)
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
6
SWS G
7
SWS K
8
# classes/G
9
6 4 1 2
Organizational unit Center for International Business
Module responsibility Daniel Seelhofer
Deputy Tang Charong
Prerequisites
? Knowledge of general management; interest in international management
Degree program goals Goals of the degree program and its specialties
To be defined and added in due time (in
accordance with AACSB requirements)
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims Students understand the different types of negotiations and they are able to differentiate
between positions and interests. They know the various strategies commonly applied in
different negotiation phases by different cultures and how to react effectively in tough
situations.
Learning goals The students:
- can do strategic planning for a negotiation.
- know the differences between single-issue, multi-party, multi-issue negotiations and can
apply strategies and tactics accordingly.
- can manage communication and conflicts in negotiations.
- can utilize the concession patterns and negotiation styles of major cultures.
Learning content - types and phases of negotiation
- planning, framing and reframing
- strategies in different phases
- culture’s role in negotiation
- communication and psychology in negotiation
- conflict management in negotiation
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
w.1
w.BAP
International Business
Doing Business in Asia Pacific
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
6
SWS: hours per semester week. 1 SWS = usually 45 minutes
7
SWS G: hours per semester, class size: large
8
SWS K: hours per semester, class size: small
9
# classes/G: max. number of classes jointly attending a large class
74
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 40h
Exercises 50 34
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 50 74h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Lewicki R.J., (2007). Essentials of Negotiation. 4
th
Edition. Boston: McGraw-Hill
Additional literature Further literature sources will be provided in class.
Remarks
75
International Politics for Incomings
Module description International Politics for Incomings
Module code w.1InPol_Inc
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Hans Vogel
Deputy Christoph Ebnöther
Prerequisites Necessary qualifications as well as modules and electives students must have passed to
be eligible
Aims Based on the analysis of modern scientific models the students recognize the importance
and role of international political and economic actors
Learning goals
1
? Students explain the emergence, the development and the functionality of the
international system and apply the most important scientific models of international
relations (realism and institutionalism (liberalism)) to selected cases of international
cooperation and conflict (SC, PAC, REC, IMC, CI).
? They distinguish between different forms of political regulations to be applied to
globalization and to inter- and transnational cooperation as well as to international
conflicts (PAC, REC, CC).
? They recognize different forms of integration while analyzing the EU- and UN-System
and their strengths/weaknesses and opportunities/threats (IMC, EC).
Learning content ? History of international relations and international organizations
? Theories of Realism and Institutionalism
? War, terrorism and peace
? Hegemonial and multilateral forms of foreign policy
? Transnational (e.g. Greenpeace, MNCs) and international (e.g. UN, EU) cooperation
? Study trip to Geneva (e.g. UN European HQ, ICRC etc.)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1Poli1 Switzerland’s Political System
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None / 80% / 100% (class instruction only)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 x 2 Presentation: 12 Reading: 20
Seminar/exercises Case Study: 30
Practical work
Total 28 42 20
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 40
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
76
Additional literature
Baylis, John/Smith, Steve: The Globalization of World Politics, New York 2006
Vogel, Hans: Peace, Terrorism, and War - Transition, Case Studies, unpublished New York 2001,
rev. 2008
Drechsler, Hanno; Hilligen, Wolfgang; Neumann, Franz (Hrsg.): Gesellschaft und Staat - Lexikon der
Politik, 9. Aufl,, München 1995
Betts, Richard M: Conflicts after the Cold War, New York 1994
Rittberger, Volker; Zangl, Bernhard: Internationale Organisationen – Politik und Geschichte,
Leske+Budrich, Opladen 2003
Weidenfeld, Werner; Wessels, Wolfgang (Hrsg.): Europa von A bis Z, Bonn 2006
Newspapers, Journals: Foreign Affairs, The National Interest
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
77
IT Project Management
Module description IT Project Management
Module code w.1ITPM
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Center for Business Information Technology (ZWI)
Module responsibility Christopher Rettenbacher
Deputy Ulrich Gysel
Prerequisites none
Aims The students get an introduction to current practices, processes and methods in the field
of project management.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? apply well established and well-known project management methods (PC)
? structure and plan simple IT projects. (PC)
? Learn to recognize frequent problem areas in project management. (PAC)
Learning content ? IT-project management – its characteristics and features
? Problem solving methods
? Project management and IT-architecture
? Personel management
? Cost estimates
? Quality management
? Process improvement
? Configuration management
? Project managment standards
? Generally accepted approaches and practices
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Introdcution to business administration
Software Engineering
Basics in general management
Basics on investment and financing
Basics in personnel management
Basics in organizational management
Engineering process
Software architecture
Re-engineering process
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
class instruction only
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 14 32
Seminar/exercises 14 30
Practical work
Total 28 30 32
78
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Head First PMP, 2
nd
Edition, Jennifer Green, Andrew Stellman
Der Termin – Ein Roman über Projektmanagement, Tom deMarco
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking 7 multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
79
Job Application Process in English
Module description Job Application Process in English
Module code w.1JAPiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit Languages in Management and Law
Module responsibility Rhiannon Jones
Deputy Tessa Meuter
Prerequisites w.1EBO3 Advanced Business English 1
Aims This is a one semester course at the end of which students are able to confidently search
for a job, analyise the advertisement, apply for a job in writing and online, write their CV
and sit an interview for a position in English.
Learning goals
1
The students are able to:
? understand complex opinions/arguments in lengthy texts in relation to the job
application process (PC)
? understand detail, opinion, tone, implication, purpose (SSC)
? write letters of application (SSC and CC)
? write a piece of work whose message can be followed throughout (PC and CC)
? discuss abstract/cultural topics related with the world of work with a good degree of
fluency and range of expression ( PC and CC)
? deal with unpredictable questions during a job interview (CC)
? follow up questions by probing for more detail within their chosen job (PC and CC)
? discuss complex topics in relation to their chosen advert (PC and CC)
? use vocabulary and grammar at the C1 level of the Common European Framework
of reference for Languages
? understand business text organisation such as exemplification, comparison,
reference (PC)
Learning content This module includes the following learning content:
? Development of listening and reading skills when preparing for a job interview
? Development of speaking skills when participating in a simulated job interview
? Development of writing skills (letters of application and CVs)
? Revision of important grammatical structures and business vocabulary at C1 level
? Expansion of vocabulary, idiomatic expressions and set expressions in relation to
reading job adverts, writing and filling in job application forms and letters and
speaking skills in an interview.
? Creation of portfolio including job advert, application letter, CV and preparation notes
for an interview.
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
80
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 32 30
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 28 32 30
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
2 Paper(s) 60 per task
1 Other(s): 15 simulated interview
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Colm Downes (2012) – Cambridge English for Job-hunting, Cambridge University Press
(ISBN 978-0-521-72215-5)
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
81
Management Accounting and Financial Management
Module description Management Accounting and Financial Management Program in English
Module code w.1 MAcc_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZAC
Module responsibility Beatrice Meyer
Deputy
Prerequisites Fin. Acc. Fin. Analysis (w.1FinAcc)
Aims Students strengthen the foundations of Management Accounting and learn the concepts
of controlling. They put the findings into a higher-level context. They recognize that
Management Accounting is an important management tool being able to apply this to
case studies.
Learning goals
1
• Students can explain the functions of controlling (planning, monitoring, coordination
and information supply) as well as concepts (management, leadership functions, op-
erational and strategic) (SPK, PC, REC).
• They can explain the importance of cost accounting as the main operating controlling
instrument. Students are able to
• name the characteristics of a detailed cost accounting with the help of an ERP in a
simple project-oriented service and industry company, respectively (SPK, PC);
• explain the differences and similarities of various cost accounting systems based on
numerical examples (SPK, SC);
• apply the techniques of cost accounting on issues of corporate practice (SPK, PC);
• evaluate the practical relevance of cost accounting systems (SPK, PAC);
• explain the meaning of Swiss GAAP FER and IFRS for the operational controlling
(SPK, SC, PC).
• They can explain the importance of investment management as an important special-
ized task of controlling bodies and they are able to apply appropriate procedures in-
terpreting results correctly (SPK, REC).
Learning content Cost accounting
• Objectives
• Definition and relation of internal and external corporate accounting
• Construction of cost distribution sheet
• Accruals, presentation possibilities of income statement
• Inventory valuation (LIFO, FIFO, HIFO, GDP)
• Cost accounting in practice using an ERP
• Cost accounting systems (actual absorption costing, normal absorption cost, actual
direct costs, actual absorption costs)
• Analysis of opportunities in a breakeven analysis (break-even point, profit target
calculation, optimum product range)
Controlling
• Controlling concept, strategic and operational controlling
• BSC concept as a strategic controlling tool
• Projected accounts and budgeting, beyond budgeting, zero based budgeting.
82
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1VWL1 Cost function
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 80 44
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 80 44
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 90
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Management Accounting – A practice-based introduction. Meyer: Beatrice, Fehr, Marcel,
Passardi, Marco; Zürich: Schulthess, 2010; 2. Auflage.
Additional literature
Fundamentals of cost accounting: Lanen, William N., Anderson, Shannon W. Maher,
Michael; New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Irwin, 2010; 3rd ed.
Introduction to management accounting: Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William
O. Stratto.. [et al.] Upper Saddle River, NJ : Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008; 14th ed.
Cost management : a strategic emphasis: Edward Blocher, [et al.] New
York NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2008; 4th ed.
Dictionary for Controllers: International Group of Controlling (Hrsg.), Stuttgart: Schäfer-
Poeschel, 2010; 4. Auflage.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
83
Management of an Insurance Company
Module description Management of an Insurance Company
Module code w.1MVU
Degree program and
its specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 vom 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZRI
Module responsibilitiy Daniel Greber
Deputy Angela Zeier
Prerequisites All modules of the assessments; w.1RI, w.1PrM, w.1VR1, w.1VR2, w.1CM
Aims The students will get an overview of the most important elements and processes to
successfully manage an insurance company, including internal and external influencing factors.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? Know the important topics to manage an insurance company
? Understand how an efficient risk management works
? Analyse accounting issues in insurance companies
Learning content ? Governance (Compliance, Risk Management, Controls)
? Total Quality Management
? Structure and processes of insurance companies
? International aspects
? Risk Management and actuarial aspects, SQM, FINMA-SST (Swiss Solvency Test)
? Reinsurance as a risk management tool
? Accounting, reporting and controlling
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: w.1RI Content: All content
Module: w.1BWL1
Module: w.1FinAcc
Content: All content
Content: Basics of accounting
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projekts
Case Study
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 56 56 68
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performances
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 120
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additionale literature tbd
Remarks None
84
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and –analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextuak competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking 7 multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical Competence (EC)
85
Market Research & Marketing Controlling
Module description Market research, marketing efficiency and effectiveness
Module code w.1MaFEE_PiE
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZMM
Module responsibility Frank Hannich
Deputy Jürg Hari
Prerequisites
Principles of Marketing
Consumer behavior and communication
Accounting / Mathematics
Skills
Aims Students are introduced to the methods and application areas of market research and empirical
social research. They are able to apply basic qualitative and statistical proceedings, are able to
evaluate methodological proceedings and are able to develop a basic research concept. In
addition students are introduced to the basic problems of strategic and operational Marketing
Controlling and are able to set up an effective and efficient operational and strategic Marketing
Control System for a company. They understand the connection between the various elements
and are able to derive measures to increase the control of efficiency of Marketing in a
company.
Learning goals
1
Students
? are able to plan and conduct basic surveys (SPK, SC)
? know the basic applications of qualitative and quantitative studies (SPK, SC)
? are able to apply basic applications of qualitative and quantitative research methods (SPK,
SC)
? are able to interpret statistical proceedings (SPK, SC)
? know the basic tasks, organisation and instruments of Marketing Controlling (PAC, SSC)
? know the various sub areas of operational and strategic Marketing
? Controlling and the various means to measure the effectiveness and efficiency (SPK, PAC,
SSC)
? are able to apply instruments of Marketing
? Controlling to problems relevant for practice (SPK, SC)
? are able to develop an integrated Performance Management based on a task-oriented
approach (CC).
Learning content Market Research:
- interpretation of primary and secondary data
- proceedings: various statistical proceedings
- measurement of customer satisfaction
- quality criteria and adherence of ethical principles
- qualitative and quantitative research methods
- research topics, survey design
- questionnaire development, Interview technique
- data collection, data analysis
- name hypothesis and draw conclusions
Marketing Efficiency and Effectiveness
- Theoretical fundamentals for an effective and efficient Performance Management in
the area of operational and strategic Marketing Controlling.
- Application of instruments and tools to practical problems
86
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
Consumer behavior and communication
Principles of Marketing
Accounting
Skills
Mathematics
Consumer research, controlling, communication
Marketing concept / marketing mix
Calculations / profit margin
ABC-Analysis / BCG-Matrix
Statistics
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 28
Exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 8 116
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
1 Paper(s) 15 pages
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Handbuch Marketingcontrolling: Effektivität und Effizienz einer marktorientierten
Unternehmensführung (2006. 2. Auflage. Wirtschaftsverlag Ueberreuter.
Richard Kühn, Michael Kreuzer, (2006). Marktforschung. Haupt Verlag.
Additional literature Swen Reinecke, (2005). Marketing- und Verkaufszahlen. Werd Verlag.
Achim Bühl, (2006). SPPS. Pearson Studium.
Ludwid Berekoven, Werner Eckert, Peter Ellenrieder (2004). Marktforschung. 10. Auflage.
Gabler Verlag.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
87
Operations and Process Management
Module description Operations and Process Management
Module code w.1OP_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit ZSO
Module responsibility Alfred Angerer
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites
Principles of Strategic Management; Advanced Strategic Management; Fundamentals of
Marketing; Financial Accounting; Financial Analysis
Aims Students are able to design, monitor and improve simple processes in praxis. Established
practices will be presented and applied to practical cases in industrial and service
environments. In addition the course will demonstrate to the students the interrelationship
between Operations and other process in the company and encourage interdisciplinary
thinking and action. Students will be able to choose optional courses to explore specific
topics in depth.
Learning goals
1
Students
? Are able to design simple processes building upon customer needs and corporate
strategy. (SPK, PAC, REC, CI)
? Learn to think in terms of processes and can explain the most important processes in
industrial, trading and service companies. (SPK, REC, CI)
? Can apply frequently used tools in process management and are able to independently
analyse and improve existing processes.(SPK, PC, PAC)
? Understand the basic interrelationship between Operations Management, Supply Chain
Management, Lean Management and Quality Management and can correctly apply
these concepts in daily business life.(SPK, REC, PC)
Learning content ? Operations in organizations
? Process Management
? Process Design
? Product Design
? Supply Chain Management
? Planning and managing Operations
? Lean Management
? Quality Management
? Continuous Process Improvement
Links The module has links to:
Module
? Strategic Management
? Marketing
? Information Technology
Content
? Corporate strategy; Business Unit Strategy;
Core competencies
? ECR, Distribution, Customer orientation
? Process analysis; ERP systems; Process
automation
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Exercises
Guided self-study
Individual work
Work in Pairs
Group work
Compulsory attendance 100%
88
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 28
Exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 46 78
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s) 90 / since FS2012 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral Presentation(s) 20
Written paper(s)
Other
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Slack, N., Chambers, S., Johnston, R. (2010): Operations Management, 6th Ed., Pearson
Education: London
Additional literature Heizer, J., Render, B. (2010): Operations Management, 10th Edition, Pearson Prentice
Hall: New Jersey
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
89
Political Science 2
Module description
Political Science 2
Module code
w.1Pol2
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Christoph Ebnöther/Hans Vogel
Deputy Barbara Stoelker Reithaar
Prerequisites None
Aims The students recognise the fundamental scientific models of international relations as
well as the relevance and role of globally players in the world of politics and business.
Learning goals
1
? Explain the historic developments and basic mechanisms of the system of
international players and apply theoretical models of international relations (realism
and institutionalism) to current situations (SC, REC, IMC, CI).
? Explain the political regulation of globalisation by means of inter- and transnational
co-operations as well as different forms of conflict and the how international
cooperations work (SC, REC, IMC, CI).
? Distinguish between different forms of integration using the example of the EU- and
the UN systems and describe their risks and opportunities (SC, REC IMC, CI EC).
Learning content History of international relations and of the IO
Realism and institutionalism
War, terrorism and peace
Hegemonial and multilateral politics
Transnational (e.g. Greenpeace, MNCs) and international (e.g. UN, EU) cooperations
Excursion to Geneva (European UN Headquarters, ICRC, etc.)
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1Pol1
Principles of a modern state
Comparison of different political systems
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Excursion
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 4 /42 Preparation of excursion: 10
Excursion: 10
Preparation of exam: 30
Preparation of presentation: 12
Lecture: 76
Seminar/exercises
Practical work
Total 56 / 42 62 76
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 40
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
90
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature Baylis, John/Smith, Steve: The Globalization of World Politics, New York 2006
Vogel, Hans: Peace, Terrorism, and War - Transition, Case Studies, unpublished New
York 2001, rev. 2008
Drechsler, Hanno; Hilligen, Wolfgang; Neumann, Franz (publ.): Gesellschaft und Staat -
Lexikon der Politik, 9th ed., München 1995
Betts, Richard M: Conflicts after the Cold War, New York 1994
Rittberger, Volker; Zangl, Bernhard: Internationale Organisationen – Politik und
Geschichte, Leske+Budrich, Opladen 2003
Weidenfeld, Werner; Wessels, Wolfgang (Hrsg.): Europa von A bis Z, Bonn 2006
Journals: Foreign Affairs, The National Interest
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
91
Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module description Project Management and Organizational Behavior
Module code w.1PMOB_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS
6 4
Organizational unit Center for Human Capital Management)
Module responsibility Hans Willi
Deputy Edgar Heim
Prerequisites None
Aims Students can lead a straightforward project by learning best practice approaches. For
more complex project, the students learn how to assist effectively the project leader.
(project management).
In addition, students understand how the behavior within organizations is influenced by
individuals, groups and structures and are capable of increasing the effectiveness of an
organization through the application of this knowledge (organizational behavior).
Students gain an understanding concerning how the human capital a company requires
can be obtained, oriented and promoted (in line with company strategy) so that the result
is an optimal company performance.
This knowledge enables students to promote and shape both the contribution to human
capital per se as well as the contribution of the management of human capital to a
company’s value creation and competitiveness.
Learning goals
1
Students:
? Gain the competence to lead straightforward projects and to assist the project leader
in more complex projects (SPK, PC, PAC, REC, CI, CC, LC)
? Gain the knowledge to define, structure, plan, control and execute projects (PC,
PAC, CI)
? Know tools, methods and success drivers of project management (SPK)
? have gained, thanks to knowledge of concepts, theories and models, an
understanding of the behavior of individuals in organizations. (SPK, CI, SC, REC)
? can analyze social phenomena and assess alternative development and
management principles in view of their effectiveness and efficiency within
organizations. (SPK, PC, REC, CI, SSC)
? have gained an understanding of one of the models used in this module for the
management of human capital and are capable of both assessing the human capital
management of a company and shaping this company’s future development. (SPK,
SC, PAC, REC, CI)
Learning content Project Management:
? Introduction to project management
? Management of integration, content, time, risk, cost in projects (theory and case
studies)
? Exercises in project initiation, stakeholder management, network planning
? Internet-based project simulation “Simultrain” – a simulation for training project
managers with special focus on the project execution phase
Organizational Behavior:
? human capital management as a company function.
? organizational theories.
? structural and staff leadership within a company.
? motivation and its implementation in human capital management (HR-Marketing,
performance management including compensation management)
- Motivational theories and organizational justice
- Models and instruments of HR marketing
? competence management
92
? performance management
- goal-setting theory and MBO
- Groups and teams
- What is a group?
- Phases of group development
- Group processes
- Group decision-making
The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Integration 1 and 2
Operations and processes
Project Management
Process Management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
Compulsory attendance during project management group coaching
Otherwise 80%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 86
Seminar/exercises 38
Practical work 28
Total 56 38 86
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Reader concerning Organizational Behavior and Human Capital Management
Pinto, J. K., (2010). Project Management, Achieving competitive Advantage. 2. Edition.
New Jersey: Pearson Education.
Additional literature Meyer, P (2010). Human Capital strategisch einsetzen. Köln: Wolter Kluwer Luchterhand
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
93
Public & NPO Financial Management
Module description Public & NPO Financial Management
Module code w.1PFM
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit IVM
Module responsibility Rauskala Iris (raus) / Bergmann Andreas (bgma)
Deputy Stoelker Reithaar Barbara (stoe)
Prerequisites w.1FinACC, w.1MAcc
Aims The students gain insight into the field of public financial management as an academic
discipline. They are first introduced to the special basic conditions of financial
management in the public/NPO sector. They are provided with an overview of the
individual aspects of financial management. In addition, they are confronted with the
significance and scope of reforms affecting financial accounting and public controlling
bodies. They discuss the newest developments and current fields of research such as
risk management and public-private partnership.
Learning goals
1
The students are able to:
? Manage public enterprises as a special case at the intersection between public and
corporate finance (PC)
? Actively participate in the implementation of international and national reforms of
financial accounting systems (PAC)
? Establish a public controlling system based on the needs of an administrative unit
(PC, PAC)
? Apply in practice the latest knowledge of public financial management such as risk
management and private-public partnership. (PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Nature and context of public financial management
? Financial reporting in the public/NPO sector
? Public controlling (controlling, general, KLR and budget)
? Risk management and internal audits
? Private-public partnership
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1FinAcc
w.1FinAcc
w.1MAcc
Profitability
Financing
Capital budgeting
Instruction mode(s)
Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
2 / 28 64
Seminar/exercises
2 / 28 60
Practical work
Total
4 / 56 60 64
94
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Oral presentation(s) 15
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Andreas Bergmann, (2008). Public Sector Financial Management.1
st
ed. Essex (UK:
Financial Times Prentice Hall.
Additional literature H.M. Coombs und D.E. Jenkins, (2002). Public Sector Financial Management. 3
rd
ed.
London: Thomson
Urs Bolz (Ed.), (2005). Public Private Partnership in der Schweiz. 1
st
ed. Zurich:
Schulthess Verlag
Lynn T. Drennan und Allan McConnell (2007). Risk und Crises Management in the Public
Sector. 1
st
ed. Oxon: Routledge.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
95
Quantitative Methods
Module description Quantitative Methods
Module code w.1QMeth_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Armin Bänziger
Prerequisites Mathematics 1; Mathematics 2; Statistics
Aims The students learn important quantitative methods to come to terms with central
mathematical and statistical problems encountered in banking and finance.
Learning goals
1
The students…
? master elementary matrix algebra and use matrices in the portfolio context (SPK, PC,
SC, PAC)
? are capable to find partial and total derivatives of functions (with several variables)
(SPK, SC, PAC)
? are able to find first and second order Taylor series approximations of functions and
use them to facilitate computations in finance (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to handle linear transformations of (sums of) random variables and apply
them to measure portfolio risk and return (SPK, PC, PAC)
? recognize the significance of utility theory for finance (SPK, SC, REC)
? comprehend the difference between the arithmetic and geometric mean (of returns)
and know, when to use what measure (PAC, REC)
? annualize returns (mean, variance and standard deviation) (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable of calculating shortfall and value at risk (given normal returns) (SPK, PC,
PAC)
? realize the problems of “fat tails” in return distributions for portfolio theory and risk
management (SPK, PAC, PUK)
? understand the basic arbitrage principle to price options (SC, PAC, REC)
? estimate prices of European and American options with a one- and two-step binomial
model (SPK, PC, PAC)
? are capable to interpret the option “Greeks” (SPK, PC, PAC)
Learning content ? Elements of matrix algebra
? Mean-variance portfolio theory
- Measures of central tendency and variability
- Linear transformations of random variables
- Risk and return of a single asset
- Portfolio risk and return (sum of random variables)
- Using matrices to model portfolios of several assets
? Functions of several variables
- Partial derivatives
- Total differentials
- Taylor series approximations
? Foundations of utility theory
- Utility functions, indifference curves
- Expected utility, certainty equivalent of a gamble
- Risk aversion, risk premium
- Measures of absolute and relative risk aversion
- Mean-variance utility
? Aspects of risk management
- Skewness and kurtosis of return distributions
- Normal and lognormal distributions
- Time aggregation of returns
- Shortfall risk, safety-first criterion
96
- VaR methods
? Options
- Binomial model (one- and two-step trees, no-arbitrage argument, risk neutral
valuation)
- Option “Greeks”
- Hedge ratios, delta hedging
Links to other modules Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s): Content:
w.1MatBO1&2
w.1MatBO2
w.1Stat
w.1FIPT/ w.1Aim
w.1CFRM/ w.1KM
w.1BA_BO
Algebraic manipulations, equations,
functions
Calculus
Theoretical foundation (descriptive and
inductive statistics)
Financial mathematics (discrete and
continuous compounding, discounted cash
flow, matrices, moments of distributions,
random variables, utility theory, normal
distribution, options)
Risk measures, skewness and kurtosis,
shortfall risk, VaR, partial derivatives,
Taylor series
Quantitative skills
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction: Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture
Seminar/exercises 28 34
Practical work
Total 28 34 28
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction German / English
Course materials and
required reading
Lecture notes, lecture slides
Problem set
Additional literature Journal articles and book sections (see course reserves in library)
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
97
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
98
Statistics
Module description Statistics
Module code w.1Stat_PiE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Information Technology
International Management
Business Law
Wirtschaftsinformatik
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZBB
Module responsibility Suzanne Ziegler
Deputy Armin Bänziger
Prerequisites Mathematics 1; Mathematics 2
Aims The students understand essential methods of descriptive and inferential business
statistics.
Learning goals
1
The students
? know how to summarize qualitative and quantitative data with tabular and graphical
methods (SPK, PC)
? compute measures of central location and variability of distributions (SPK, PC)
? grasp the concept and applications of probability theory and random variables (SPK,
PAC, REC)
? overview the most important discrete and continuous probability distributions and know
how to use them in economic models and problems (SPK, PC, PAC)
? apprehend the relevance of random sampling for estimation and testing (SPK, PC,
PAC, REC)
? compute and interpret confidence intervals for means and proportions (SPK, PC, PAC,
REC)
? grasp the concept of hypothesis testing and carry out basic tests (SPK, PC, SC, REC)
? understand the method of simple linear regression
Learning content ? Graphs and tables to describe qualitative and quantitative data
? Numerical measures to describe data (measures of location and variability)
? Elements of Chance: Probability Methods
? Measures of association between two variables
? Discrete probability distributions (binomial and Poisson distribution)
? Continuous probability distributions (uniform and normal distribution, normal
approximations of discrete probability distributions)
? Distribution of sample statistics
? Confidence interval estimation of a single population parameter (mean and proportion)
? Hypothesis tests of a single population (mean and proportion)
? Relationships between variables
- Cross Tables and scatter plots
- Covariance and correlation
- Two variable regression analysis
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
w.1MaBO1&2; w.1MatBO1&2
w.1MaBO2; w.1MatBO2
w.1Quant
w.1FI&Pft
w.1Aim
w.1KM
w.1CrpFin
w.1MaKomm
w.1BaBO
Algebra, functions
Differential calculus
Theoretical foundations
Normal distribution, regression, correlation
Normal distribution, regression, correlation
Binomial and normal distribution, quantiles
Normal distribution, regression, correlation
Descriptive and inferential statistics
Statistical analysis / interpretation of results
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Didactic teaching
Tutorial
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
99
Practical exercises
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Group work
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 28 56 68
Seminar/exercises 28
Practical work
Total 56 56 68
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Oral presentation(s)
Written paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Newbold, Paul; Carlson, William; Thorne, Betty (2010): Statistics for Business and
Economics (Global Edition). 7. ed. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Pearson Prentice Hall.
ISBN: 978-0-13-507248-6
PowerPoint slides
Supplementary exercises
Additional literature Alternative textbooks to consider:
Anderson, David R.; Sweeney, Dennis J.; Williams, Thomas A. (2006): Statistics for
Business and Economics, w. CD-ROM. European ed. Cengage Learning Services.
ISBN: 978-1844803132
Wonnacott, Thomas H.; Wonnacott, Ronald J. (1990): Introductory Statistics for Business
and Economics. 4. ed. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
100
Strategic Management for Incomings
Module description Strategic Management for Incomings
Module code w.1STM_Inc
Degree program and
its specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
for Incoming Students
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam regulations: Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS credits ECTS SWS
10
SWS G
11
SWS K
12
# classes/G
13
6 4 1
Organizational unit Center for Strategic Management
Module responsibility Jacques Hefti (hefj)
Deputy Stefan Schuppisser (sste)
Prerequisites Introduction to General Management
Competencies This module promotes the following core competencies and skills, or aspects thereof:
Practical relevance
Specialized knowledge: in breadth
Specialized knowledge: in depth
Interdisciplinary thinking
Problem-solving ability
Critical thinking
Methodological competence
Scientific/academic competence
Communication skills
Social competence
Meta-disciplinary skills
Leadership skills
Personal competence
Accountability
Global/multi-cultural competence
Aims The students understand the relevance of Strategic Management for the success of a company
and develop independently or with guidance solutions for different design areas in the strategic
decision making process. The students are able to analyse the strategic position of a company
by using the correct analysis instruments. Furthermore they develop various competitive
strategies and assess challenges in relation to strategy implementation.
Learning goals
1
The students
? Analyse the external environment and define critical success factors (SPK, PAC)
? Describe internal competences and resources (SPK, PAC)
? Assess expectations of stakeholders (SPK, PAC)
? Understand mission and vision of a company (SPK)
? Understand the mechanism of corporate governance (SPK, PAC)
? Understand the goals and design areas of corporate level strategy (SPK)
? Understand the goals and design areas of business level strategy (SPK)
? Analyse various competitive strategies and business models (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Distinguish between development directions and methods of the strategic development of a
company (SPK)
? Understand evaluation tools to select the best strategic option (SPK, PAC, REC)
? Understand the challenges of strategy implementation (SPK)
? Describe design elements of a strategy focused organisation (SPK)
? Create a strategy map and balanced scorecard (PC)
? Understand the relevance of change measures (SPK)
? Use selected models and instruments in case studies and develop alternative solutions
independently (PC)
Learning content ? Business environment (macro environment, industry, competition, markets)
? Analysis of demand
? Development of critical success factors
? Internal analysis and assessment of strength and weaknesses (financial ratios,
competences, resources, value chain, company culture)
? SWOT analysis
? Corporate Governance, Stakeholder Management, Corporate Social Responsibility
10
SWS: hours per semester week. 1 SWS = usually 45 minutes
11
SWS G: hours per semester, class size: large
12
SWS K: hours per semester, class size: small
13
# classes/G: max. number of classes jointly attending a large class
101
? Corporate level strategy
? Business level strategy, competitive strategies
? Development directions (growth, consolidation, disinvestment) and methods (internal growth,
M&A, strategic alliances)
? Assessment of strategic options
? Mission and Vision
? Design elements of a strategy focused organisation
? Interface strategy and control systems (planning, budgeting, reporting, incentive systems)
Links Interdisciplinary links to other modules:
Module(s):
? All other functional disciplines
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance
Attendance for compulsory tasks according to lesson plan.
Recommended attendance: 80%
Module structure Class instruction (SWS / h) Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lectures 4 SWS / 56h 40h
Exercises 50h 34h
Practical work
Total 4 SWS / 56h 50h 74h
Module requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in min.)
1 Written exam(s)
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Others:
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Gerry Johnson, Kevan Scholes, Richard Whittington: Fundamentals of Strategy, 2nd edition,
Pearson, 2011
Additional literature J.D. Hunger, T.L. Wheelen: Essentials of Strategic Management, 5th edition, Pearson 2011
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
c. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
d. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
102
Turnaround Management
Module description Integration 1 Accounting/Controlling/Auditing
Module code w.1TM
Degree program and
ist specialities
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam
regulations
Exam Regulations Bachelor 09 as of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix as of 12.5.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
3 2
Organizational unit IBF – Center for Accounting & Controlling
Module responsibility Felix Blaser (blel)
Deputy -
Prerequisites Accounting modules of semester 1 – 5
Aims The students are able to early detect the indications of financial crisis in order to ensure that
business may continue successfully. They have an understanding of the most common
financial restructuring measures and are able to develop a basic turnaround plan. They also
understand the main issues with regards to the applicable legal framework. On top the
students have an understanding of the role of the banks in turnaround situations.
Learning goals
1
Students
? understand, how financial crisis materialize and develop; they know how to early detect
such indications of a crisis (PAC, SPK).
? will obtain an understanding of the legal framework applicable for turnaround situations in
Switzerland (SPK, PC).
? will also learn what a turnaround concept is and how such a concept is to be developed
(SPK, REC).
? will have a basic understanding of Tax issues involved in such turnaround situations (SPK,
PAC).
? A major part of this course is dedicated to financial restructuring measures with regards to
liabilities and equity. The students will understand the functionality of such restructuring
measures and the pros and cons of each instrument (SPK, SC, CI, REC).
? In almost each turnaround situation in Switzerland the involved banks play a major role in
the development of a turnaround concept. The students will understand the issues
surrounding bank financing in a turnaround situations (CI, EC, PAC).
Learning content ? Definition of financial crisis; development of a crisis.
? Legal frameworks; Art. 725 of Swiss Code of Obligations; Illiquidity and liability issues for
the Board of Directors; issues of the legal framework for debt collection and
foreclosure/execution.
? The Turnaround concept; preparation and contents.
? Financial restructuring measures on the Liability side:
- refinancing / restructuring loans
- subordinations
- renunciations
- debt/equity swaps
- reduction agreements
? Financial restructuring measures on the Equity side:
- capital increase
- à-fonds-perdu payments
- capital reduction
- revaluations
? Selection of restructuring measures
? Role of the banks / bank consortiums
? Tax aspects of the restructuring measures
103
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Law
Tax
Accounting and Finance
Commercial Law
Corporate Tax
Debt and Equity Instruments
Instruction mode (s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case Studies
other: exercises
Guided self-study
individual work
Pair work
Group work
Compulsory
attendance (class
instruction only)
100%
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study
Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1 SWS / 14h 10h
Seminar/exercises 1 SWS / 14h 30h 22h
Practical work
Total 28h 30h 32h
Performance
requirements
No. Type of requirement Length (minutes)
1 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
Presentation(s)
Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of
Instruction
English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
lecturer’s script
scripts and exercises in English
Additional literature Principles of corporate finance, by Brealey Myers (McGraw Hill, 6
th
ed. or later)
Remarks Expected total working hours:
? dependent on precognition level and experience
? presence studies, preparation, review and exam preparations 50 h
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
104
Web Engineering
Module description Web Engineering
Module code w.1WE
Degree program and its
specialties
BA – General Management
BA – Banking and Finance
BA – Accounting, Controlling, Auditing
BA – Risk and Insurance
BA – Economics and Politics
BA – Business Integration Technology
International Management
Business Law
Relevant exam regulations Exam regulations Bachelor 09 of 29.01.2009
Relevant appendix Appendix of 12.05.2009
ECTS / SWS ECTS SWS (lessons per week and semester)
6 4
Organizational unit ZWI
Module responsibility Alexandre de Spindler (desa)
Deputy Ueli Gysel (gysl)
Prerequisites Necessary qualifications as well as modules and electives students must have passed to
be eligible
Aims The students understand the special methods and technics which are necessary and are
applied in the field of web based application systems
Learning goals
1
The students…
? develop on a development environment for web based applications (SPK)
? implement server and client side functionality(SPK)
? design and implement interactive, browser based, user interactions (SPK, PC)
? create practical examples(PC)
Learning content ? installation of development environment
? html based forms
? server side programming language
? database management system
? client side programming language
? usability
? rich internet client
? gui frameworks
? e-business case studies
Links to other modules The content of this module is linked to the following module(s):
Module: Content:
Internet & Security
Fundamentals of Economics
SW-Engineering
Algorithms&Datastructures
Standards & Data (BIX1)
IT Project Management
Communication stack
Application layer
Enterprise and environment
Fundamentals of investment
Fundamentals of rganisation
Fundamentals of personell
Fundamentals of management
Engineering process
Architecture
Objects
Classes
Design
Relational datamodels
Human capital management
Cost estimations
Quality management
proceedings
Configuration management
Instruction mode(s) Class instruction
Lecture format
Simulation models
Projects
Case studies
Other forms of instruction:
Guided self-study
Individual work
Pair work
Group work
105
Compulsory attendance
(class instruction only)
None / 80% / 100% (class instruction only)
Module structure Class instruction (lessons
per week and semester)
Guided self-study Autonomous self-study
Lecture 1 70h
Seminar/exercises 3 50h
Practical work
Total 4 (=42h) 50h 70h
Performance requirements No. Type of requirement Length (in minutes)
2 Written exam(s) 60
Oral exam(s)
1 Presentation(s) 20
1 Paper(s)
Other(s):
Language of instruction English
Course materials and
required reading
Printed copy of lecture slides
Lecturer’s script
Additional literature
Remarks
1
Proof of relevance to the primary program goals: development of the following competences
a. Competences in line with Dublin Descriptors
Professional competence
1. Specialist knowledge (SPK)
2. Practical skills and professional action competence (PC)
3. Scientific competence (SC)
Methodological competence
4. Problem-solving and -analyzing competence (PAC)
5. Reflective and evaluative competence (REC)
6. Social skills and self-competence (SSC)
Contextual competence
7. Contextual focus and interdisciplinarity (CI)
b. Degree program competences
8. Communicative competence (CC)
9. Leadership competence (LC)
10. International thinking / multicultural competence (IMC)
11. Ethical competence (EC)
doc_723227038.pdf